Home

TextWrangler 5.0 User Manual

1. Cmd Opt Shift E Search Use Selection for Replace grep Cmd Opt Shift P File Print One Copy Cmd Opt Shift W File Close All Documents Cmd Shift A Edit Select None Cmd Shift B View Balance amp Fold Cmd Shift C Edit Copy amp Append Cmd Shift E Search Use Selection for Find grep Cmd Shift F Search Multi File Search Cmd Shift G Search Find Previous Cmd Shift J Search Go to Center Line Cmd Shift N File New Text Window Cmd Shift P File Page Setup Cmd Shift S File Save As Cmd Shift V Edit Paste Previous Clipboard Cmd Shift W File Close Window special Cmd Shift X Edit Cut amp Append Cmd Shift Z Edit Redo Cmd Shift Edit Printing Options Cmd Shift Misc Cycle Through Windows Backwards Cmd Shift Search Find in Reference Cmd Shift Text Show Spelling Panel Cmd Shift Text Shift Left One Space Cmd Shift Text Shift Right One Space Cmd Shift Return New Line Before Paragraph Ctl Edit Previous Clipboard Ctl Edit Next Clipboard Ctl Tab switch focus to next pane Ctl Down arrow Edit Move Line Down 248 Appendix A Command Reference Key Command Ctl Up arrow Edit Move Line Up Ctl Opt C Navigation Bar Open Counterpart Menu Ctl Opt F Navigation Bar Open Files Menu Ctl Opt I Navigation Bar Open Includes Menu Ctl Opt M Navigation Bar Open Marker Menu Ctl Opt
2. Emulate Emacs key bindings If turned on this option allows you to use the basic Emacs navigation keystrokes to move around in editing views It is not a full Emacs emulation mode rather it is more of a comfort blanket for individuals with Emacs key bindings hard wired into their muscle memory See Appendix B Editing Shortcuts for a list of the Emacs commands TextWrangler supports Display status window When both this option and Emulate Emacs key bindings are on TextWrangler will display a small palette which shows Emacs shortcuts as you type them Languages Preferences The Languages preferences allow you to configure how TextWrangler maps file names to language types e g html to HTML and allows you to apply customized behavior and display parameters to any installed language Installed Languages Click the Installed Languages button at the bottom of this panel to see a complete list of installed languages together with the language module version number if applicable and filename extension s associated with each language This list includes both languages intrinsically supported by TextWrangler and those added via installed language modules Chapter 10 Preferences Note By default TextWrangler will apply your active preference settings within each language If you wish to modify how TextWrangler treats documents having a particular language e g to have TextWrangler use a specific
3. cece ee cece Using Stationery cece cece c cece cece cence ee ee ee eeeeeeee Hex Dump for Files and Documents eee cc eeee ee eeceeeees Making Backups peres termena eae sates eid eb segues coeur a PEdint TB se ard nea tsa e TE ET EEE RE E EE Printing Options 57 33 34 Launching TextWrangler To launch TextWrangler double click the TextWrangler application icon or a TextWrangler document Holding down the following keys at launch has the indicated effects overriding any startup options set in the Application preference panel When one of these keys is held down TextWrangler will beep after it finishes launching Modifier Function Option Suppress startup items only Shift Disable all external services and startup items and skip reopening all documents except those which contain unsaved changes Command Disable all external services and startup items Control Shift and optionally discard auto recover information which will result in the loss of any unsaved changes Startup Items When launched TextWrangler will look for a folder named Startup Items in its application support folder see TextWrangler s Application Support Folder on page 27 If this folder is found TextWrangler will open any items it finds in the folder If the items present are text files or other files of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a c
4. 25 26 Note Note If you obtain TextWrangler through the Mac App Store you must install it via the App Store application Automatic Relocation If you launch TextWrangler from any location other than your Mac s main Applications folder Applications or the account specific equivalent Applications TextWrangler will offer to automatically relocate itself into the main Applications folder This behavior does not apply to copies of TextWrangler obtained from the Mac App Store First Run Configuration The first time you launch TextWrangler it will display the Welcome to TextWrangler dialog This dialog allows you to choose whether to register TextWrangler and if you choose to register whether you want to be notified about upgrades and special offers TextWrangler Registration Although registration is optional only registered users are eligible for free technical support special offers and other benefits email When you register you will receive one confirmation email from us with your registered user information Notify me of upgrades and special offers Privacy Cancel Registration is completely optional and you are under no obligation to either register or receive notices Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Note IMPORTANT IMPORTANT Checking for Updates TextWrangler offers the option to automatically check for updates this behavior is controlled by the Automatica
5. gt d bar This kind of parentheses locks up the part of the pattern it contains once it has matched and a failure further into the pattern is prevented from backtracking into it Backtracking past it to previous items however works as normal In most situations such as in the example above the time saved by using once only subpatterns is insignificant a few small fractions of a second at most With some complicated grep patterns or with humongous lines of text however you can save tremendous amounts of time using once only subpatterns Once only subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns Simple cases such as the above example can be thought of as a maximizing repeat that must swallow everything it can So while both d and d are prepared to adjust the number of digits they match in order to make the rest of the pattern match gt d can only match an entire sequence of digits Once only subpatterns can be used in conjunction with lookbehind assertions to specify efficient matching at the end of a line of text Consider a simple pattern such as abcds when applied to a long line of text which does not match in other words a long line of text that does not end with abcd Because matching proceeds from left to right the grep engine will look for each a in the subject and then see if what follows matches the rest of the pattern If the pattern is specified as abcds the initial matches the
6. 77 Move to New Window 77 Open in Additional Window 77 Reveal in Finder 77 Go Here in Terminal 77 Go Here in Disk Browser 78 Clicking and Dragging 78 Arrow Keys 79 CamelCase Navigation 79 Rectangular Selections 79 Working with Rectangular Selections 80 Scrolling the View 83 The Delete Key 83 The Numeric Keypad 83 Line Number Command 84 Function Keys 84 Resolving URLs 85 Editing Options 86 Display Options 86 Soft Wrapping 89 Hard Wrapping 90 Inserting File Contents 93 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 93 Inserting a Folder Listing 93 Inserting a Page Break 93 Inserting Time Stamps 93 Inserting an Emacs Variable Block 94 Table of Contents 9 10 Chapter 5 Comparing Text Files sete reberen pees deed yw pete dp arepe yi 94 Compare Against Disk File 96 Multi File Compare Options 97 When comparing folders with the Find Differences command TextWrangler applies any specified file filter to the contents of the resulting Only in new and Only in old lists so that only those files that match the filter criteria will appear aa the istse AG ride ten ee al Dd A O Ah alte de 98 Using Markers lt 24 c 220 eo5 Melee s hee a GR a aa rp BE eA es 98 Setting Markers 99 Clearing Markers 99 Using Grep to Set Markers 99 Spell Checking Documents 0 0 00 e eee eee eens 100 Check Sp
7. A significant feature of TextWrangler s scripting framework is the ability to get and set multiple properties of an object with a single scripting command Every object has a property called properties This property returns a record which contains all of the properties which can be fetched for that object For example the script command properties of text window 1 will return a result like this one id 55632400 container application TextWrangler bounds 31 44 543 964 closeable true collapsed false index 1 modal false file alias Hard Disk Users Shared doc_examples index copy html modified false name index copy html position 31 44 resizable true selection contents Conversely to set one or more properties at once is very easy set properties of text window 1 to show invisibles true show spaces true soft wrap text true Only the properties specified will be changed The rest will not be modified Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler It is important to note that when setting properties in this fashion you can only set modifiable properties If you attempt to set any read only properties a scripting error will result set properties of text window 1 to show invisibles true modal false expand tabs true The above script command will turn on Show Invisibles and then report a scripting error since modal is a read only property Performing Actions The following sections
8. Leave trailing space option is also selected TextWrangler will remove the leading spaces while leaving trailing spaces Ifthe Paragraph Fill option is selected TextWrangler forms the lines into paragraphs before wrapping the lines An example is the best way to illustrate this option How TextWrangler Wraps Text 91 92 Suppose you start with this text eee Wrap Music txt T 9 File Path w Downloads Wrap Music txt lt gt Wrap Music txt a vs This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long tt And this is another short line This is what happens when you wrap to 65 characters with Paragraph Fill off eee Wrap Music txt T File Path wv Downloads Wrap Music txt lt gt I Wrap Music txt vw amp ey This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long that it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short line TextWrangler breaks the long line at a width of 65 characters twice because the line was so long and leaves the short lines alone This is what happens to the same text when you wrap with Paragraph Fill on ee Wrap Music txt T File Path y Downloads Wrap Music txt 4 lt gt Wrap Music txt 4 vw amp y This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so
9. Multi File Replacing If you want to replace only some occurrences of text in multiple files you can simply search those files select the instances you want to change in the search results browser to open the files to those points and perform the replacements individually However TextWrangler can also change all occurrences of a string in a group of files with one command Globally replacing text in more than one file works the same as replacing it in a single file The only possible complication is that if you make a mistake it can have much wider consequences If you are not sure what effect a replace operation will have test it out on a few sample files or a copy of your data first To do a multi file search and replace replacing all occurrences 1 Enter your desired find and replace strings in the Multi File Search window as described in the section Multi File Search 2 Choose the files to be searched as described in Specifying the Search Set 3 To start the operation click Replace All in the Multi File Search window choose the Replace All command or type its key equivalent of Command Option R TextWrangler displays the Find amp Replace All Matches dialog box Find amp Replace All Matches Leave open OSave to disk Confirm before saving Cancel This is what each of its options does Replaces all occurrences of the search This option string with the replace string and Leave Open Lea
10. Working with Files This chapter discusses how to use TextWrangler to manipulate text files In this chapter Launching TextWrangler 0 ccc eee c eee e cee rene een enee Startup Items 34 Creating and Saving Documents ccc cece ccc ee eet eee ee eees Saving a Copy of a File 36 File Saving Options 36 File State 37 EditorConfig 38 Saving with Authentication 39 Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip 40 Crash Auto ReCOVery cece cece cece eee e cece eee reese E S Opening Existing Documents e ccc cece ccc e eect cece eeees Choosing the Encoding for a Document 41 Using the Open Command 42 Reload from Disk 43 Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives 44 Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists 44 Opening Hidden Files 44 Using the Open Recent Command 47 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 47 Using the Open Selection Command 44 Quitting TextWrangler cece ccc ce cee eee cece eee e An International Text Primer ccc cece ccc c eee ce eee cece eee International Text in TextWrangler 48 Unicode 48 Saving Unicode Files 49 Opening Unicode Files 50 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers ceeeccc cece cc eeeeeeeeeees Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers 50 Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers 53 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 55 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line
11. const int Util Menu 284 const int Tool Menu 295 The pattern to find the original text is straightforward define t t d 0 9 This pattern matches the word define followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more characters of any type followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more digits followed by zero or more characters that are not digits to allow for comments followed by the end of the line The problem with this pattern is that it matches the entire line It does not provide a way to remember the individual parts of the found string If you use subpatterns to rewrite the above search pattern slightly you get this define t t d 0 9 The first set of parentheses defines a subpattern which remembers the name of the constant The second set remembers the value of the constant The replacement string would look like this const int 1l 2 The sequence 1 is replaced by the name of the constant the first subpattern from the search pattern and the sequence 2 is replaced by the value of the constant from the second subpattern Our example throws out any comment that may follow the C style constant declaration As an exercise try rewriting the search and replace patterns so they preserve the comment enclosing it in style Pascal comment markers Writing Replacement Patterns 151 152 Here are some more examples
12. http ftp and sftp If you type in an unqualified partial path e g sys errno h TextWrangler will check the path components and only display files whose immediate ancestry matches what you entered In this example it would list usr include sys errno h but not usr include errno h If you type in an absolute path or a home directory relative path e g usr include errno h or bash_profile TextWrangler will show the file if it exists at that location TextWrangler also maintains a search history in the Open File by Name window when you open a matched item TextWrangler will store the string you used and the search history magnifying glass popup lists these recently used strings You may use the following wildcards as part of a search string Wildcard Meaning Any single character Chapter 3 Working with Files Wildcard Meaning a Any number of characters Any numeric character Escapes one of the above for example enters a question mark To enter a literal backslash use Using the Open Counterpart Command You can use this command or its default key equivalent of Command Option uparrow configurable via the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel to switch between counterpart files from source to header and vice versa In addition to intrinsic counterparts e g C C style header source mapping you can explicitly define counterparts b
13. lt pre gt 6 lorem htmi 24 23 E ooy 2s lt body gt 26 lt html gt 25 lt html gt 27 26 Line 21 Col1 no symbol selected w Last saved 10 20 14 9 39 12 PM 5 23 5 2 Line21Col1 no symbol selected af Li Apply N Apply Nonmatching Lines File script ntmi Line 21 22 File script html Line 21 characters 473 475 characters 473 492 characters 489 490 characters 506 506 You can select any file pair to view their differences as for a single pair of files or for files which exist only in one folder click the arrow icon to copy the existing file into the corresponding location in the second folder In addition you can click any file s icon to ask the OS to open it or Option click to reveal that file in the Finder or Command click to open that file into a separate editing window within TextWrangler When performing a multiple file comparison you can specify the additional options described below List identical files Normally when you compare folders using the Find Differences command TextWrangler presents you with three lists one list of the items that are in the first folder but not in the second folder another list of the items that are in the second folder but not in the first one and another list of the items that appear in both folders The list of items that appear in both folders generally displays a bullet next to items that are not identical For example if you have an
14. object amp amp typeof module exports object Fo window is like environments wher et jQuery not inherently pos a jquery O Line 17 Col 14 JavaScript__ gt Unicode UTF 8 gt Unix LF af Last saved 10 19 2014 13 32 15 28 Under OS X 10 8 Mountain Lion and OS X 10 9 Mavericks you can expand the current editing window into full screen mode by clicking the double arrow control in the top right corner of the window Under OS X 10 10 Yosemite you can instead click the green Zoom button to expand the current editing window into full screen mode You can choose whether TextWrangler should display all new and opened documents in the frontmost window or open each document into a new text window by setting the Open documents into the front window when possible option in the Application preference panel see page 180 The Toolbar The toolbar is a section at the top of each editing window which contains a popup menu the Text Options popup you can use to adjust display options a proxy icon for the current document and the current document s path on disk if applicable You can toggle display of the toolbar by choosing Hide Toolbar Show Toolbar in the View menu You can also change the Toolbar options in the Appearance preference panel to make TextWrangler hide or show individual items on the toolbar by default If the current document has a corresponding disk fi
15. return elem nodeName amp amp elem nodeName toLowerCase name toLowerCase h args is for internal usage only each function obj callback args var value i lanath nhi lencth As you type TextWrangler selects the first occurrence of what you have typed so far 3 To find the next occurrence of the matching text click the Next right arrow or type Return or Enter 4 To find the previous occurrence of the matching text click the Previous left arrow or type Shift Return or Shift Enter If Emacs key bindings are enabled you can also type Control S to start a Live Search and then type Control S or Control R to search forward or backward respectively To clear the most recent word of the search string you can type Option Delete or click on the delete button the X within the search field to delete the entire search string To cancel Live Search you may click the Done button in the search bar or type the Escape key The Live Search bar replaces the Quick Search window present in older versions Search Menu Reference This section describes all of the commands in the Search menu Find Opens the Find window or the Find amp Replace dialog See Basic Searching and Replacing on page 118 Chapter 7 Searching Tip Multi File Search Opens the Multi File Search window See Multi File Searching on page 121 and Multi File Replacing on page 129 Search in
16. 163 Once Only Subpatterns 164 Recursive Patterns 166 Recommended Books and Resources Browsers Browser Overview List Pane 169 Toolbar 170 Text View Pane 170 Splitter 170 Disk Browsers Disk Browser Controls 171 Contextual Menu Commands 172 Dragging Items 172 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 172 Search Results Browsers Error Results Browsers Table of Contents 13 Chapter 10 Preferences 175 The Preferences Window 0 c cece cece eee ee 175 Searching the Preferences 177 Restore Defaults 177 Appearance Preferences 0 ce eee eee eee 177 Toolbar 177 Navigation Bar 178 Editing Window 178 Text Status Bar 179 List Display Font 180 Application Preferences 00 cee eens 180 Open documents into the front window 180 Automatically refresh documents as they change on disk 180 Remember the N most recently used items 180 When TextWrangler becomes active 181 Automatically check for updates 181 Editing Preferences ceait vcd bcos Hib eye Soe ER eS 182 Highlight instances of selected text 182 Use hard lines in soft wrapped views 182 Soft wrapped line indentation 182 Line spacing 182 Editor Defaults Preferences erorico yea i e e a aS 183 Auto indent 183 Balance while typing 183 Use typographer s quotes 183 Auto expand tabs 183 Show invisible characters 183 Check sp
17. 48 Unicode 48 Saving Unicode Files 49 Opening Unicode Files 50 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 00 00 e cee cece teens Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers 50 Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers 53 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 4 Using Stationery sosida sci s ei ei E E Sec eee ee eee ee eS Hex Dump for Files and Documents 0 0 00 eee eee eee Making Backups sorea chia godt eee se tales a e ee eee ee ot Printing ea ae shan ague eek cite st whee wet Sol ee eG Gok Printing Options 57 Editing Text with TextWrangler 59 Basic Editing sea 22h 2s toete Be eee Acai deen oes Moving Text 60 Multiple Clipboards 61 Drag and Drop 61 Table of Contents Multiple Undo Window Anatomy The View Menu Cursor Movement and Text Selection Text Options How TextWrangler Wraps Text The Insert Submenu The Toolbar 63 The Split Bar 65 The Navigation Bar 65 The File List 69 The Status Bar 71 The Gutter and Folded Text Regions 73 Text Display 75 Show Hide Toolbar 76 Show Hide Navigation Bar 76 Show Hide Editor 76 Show Hide Files 76 Show Hide Currently Open Documents 76 Show Hide Recent Documents 76 Balance 76 Balance amp Fold 76 Fold Selection 76 Unfold Selection 77 Collapse Enclosing Fold 77 Collapse All Folds 77 Expand All Folds 77 Previous Document Next Document
18. 5 If the file has a resource that contains font information such as a styl resource and that resource specifies a multi byte font TextWrangler opens the file as a Unicode file 6 If you are opening the file with the Open command TextWrangler uses the encoding specified Read As pop up menu on the Open dialog 7 If the file contains no other cues to indicate its text encoding and its contents appear to be valid UTF 8 TextWrangler will open it as UTF 8 without recourse to the below preferences option 8 Finally it uses the encoding chosen for the option If the file s encoding can t be guessed use from the pop up menu in the Text Encoding preference panel Opening Existing Documents Note 42 To change the encoding for a file after opening it use the Text Encoding popup in the document s status bar If an encoding change results in the conversion of a document s contents from a single byte script to a multi byte script TextWrangler will mark the document as being dirty or changed Using the Open Command To open a file with the Open command 1 Choose Open from the File menu TextWrangler displays the Open dialog box e Open Z s Em o Be Bi Tutorial Examples E Favorites Name Date Modified B Recents v B Lesson3 gt 2 2 Ladle Rat Rotten Hut txt B peasy v B Lesson 4 amp All My Files Rectangular Selections txt v D Lesson 5 Hard Wrapped txt Soft Wrapped txt v Lesson 7 Email Tabl
19. In fact all of the text up to the end of the line qualifies as one or more repetitions of any character the line break does not qualify so grep stops there After grep has reached the line break it has exhausted the operator so it backs up and sees if it can find a match for gt Lo and behold it can the last character is a greater than symbol Success Ino ther words the pattern matches our entire sample line at once not the two separate HTML tags in it as we intended More generally the pattern matches all the text in a given line or paragraph from the first lt to the last gt The pattern only does what we intended when there is only one HTML tag in a line or paragraph This is what we meant when we say that the regular quantifiers try to make the longest possible match Non Greedy Quantifiers To work around this longest match behavior you can modify your pattern to take advantage of non greedy quantifiers Quantifier Matches one or more zero or more 2 zero or one COUNT match exactly COUNT times MIN match at least MIN times MIN MAX Ma at least MIN times but no more than Astute readers will note that these non greedy quantifiers correspond exactly to their normal greedy counterparts appended with a question mark Revisiting our problem of matching HTML tags for example we can search for lt gt Writing Search Pattern
20. T New Document gt untitled text This line of text is not selected 1 2 3 This is the selected text 4 An additional line of text If you select some text and then type whatever you type replaces the selected text To delete selected text press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu If you have a keyboard with a numeric keypad on it you can press the Clear key on the keypad to delete the selected text In addition to clicking and dragging to select text you can use the selection commands in the Edit menu To select Choose this from the Edit menu All text Select All No text deselect click anywhere in the document or type any arrow key Line containing Select Line insertion point Paragraph containing Select Paragraph insertion point You can then cut copy or perform any other action that affects the selected text Note TextWrangler defines a paragraph as a block of text surrounded by blank lines lines containing no characters other than tabs or spaces The beginning and end of the document also mark the beginning and end of paragraphs Moving Text To move text from one place to another follow these steps 1 Select the text you want to move 2 Choose Cut from the Edit menu TextWrangler removes the text from the window and stores it on the clipboard 60 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip 3 Use the scroll bars to move to the new place for the text
21. and never automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of the next line You have to manually type a carriage return to start a new line You usually use hard wrapping to write programs tabular data resource descriptions and so on With hard wrapping each line of source code or data appears on its own line in the window although you may have to scroll the window horizontally to see the entire line if it is long Note When you use the Hard Wrap command on a rectangular selection lines will be padded with spaces as necessary Tip If you open a file in TextWrangler that appears to consist of a few very long lines you should select the soft wrapping option for that file 88 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT This table summarizes the commands to soft wrap and hard wrap text The sections that follow give details about using the wrapping commands To do this Do this a 8 ES a Soft wrap text as you type Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu or select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet Convert hard wrapped text to Use the Remove Line Breaks soft wrapped text command in the Text menu and activate soft wrapping Convert soft wrapped text to Use the Add Line Breaks command hard wrapped text in the Text menu Hard wrap text to a specific Use the Hard Wrap command in margin reflowing paragraphs as the Text menu needed Soft Wrapping To
22. level item Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists TextWrangler transparently opens and displays the contents of any bz2 or gzip compressed files bz2 gz and gzip files as well as tarballs tar files and binary plists plist files both directly and during multi file search This is especially useful for viewing and working with system log files and similar automatically generated files as well as system and application preference files If you make any changes to such a file and save it TextWrangler will automatically re compress or re convert the file on save Opening Hidden Files Turn on the Show Hidden Items option in the Open dialog to display hidden files including both files whose invisible attribute has been set and those whose names begin with a period or files from a folder which is normally hidden by the system Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command See Accessing FTP SFTP Servers on page 50 Using the Open Selection Command The Open Selection command lets you quickly invoke the Open File by Name command to search for any file that is referenced in the text of a document It is particularly useful for opening include files or any document referenced by another file To open a file whose name is referenced in the text of a document 1 Select the file name within the body of the document 2 Choose Open Selection from the File menu If a suffix o
23. lt jQuery JavaScript Library v1 11 1 http jquery com Includes Sizzle js http sizzlejs com Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors Released under the MIT license http jquery org license Date 2014 05 01T17 42Z function global factory if typeof module object amp amp typeof module exports object For Common3S and CommonjS like environments where a proper window is present execute the factory and get jQuery aa ff Can anuinanmante that da nat inhanantlu naeeae a uindauw with a darumant Folding Controls The triangular controls displayed in the gutter are disclosure triangles you can click on them to fold or expand regions within the document If there are nested folds present Option clicking on the outermost fold will expand or collapse that fold and all subordinate folds jquery 1 11 1 js T_ File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js t 4 jquery 1 11 1 js no sym elected y jQuery JavaScript Library v1 11 1 3 http jquery com 4 5 Includes Sizzle js 6 http sizzlejs com gt 8 Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors 9 Released under the MIT license 10 http jquery org license 11 You can also employ the commands on the View menu to expand or collapse folds or fold manually selected ranges of text See The View Menu on page 75 Wind
24. text t 1 j 2 jQuery J 3 http j 4 5 Includ 6 http gt 8 Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors 9 Released under the M license 10 http jquery org license The Previous and Next buttons in the Navigation bar as well as the Previous Document Next Document commands select documents in most recently used order rather than alphabetical order Function Navigation The Function popup menu lists the functions defined in a programming language source file or various specific tags present within an HTML document If the current document s language does not support function scanning the function popup will not be displayed in the navigation bar jquery 1 11 1 js ionta els File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js Rear 4 gt D iquery 1 11 1 js EEE TS 2m He 14 anonymous ral t 15 funetion global factory anonymous 16 class2type gt Hf if typeof module Support object 18 For Common3S ant jQuery a proper window is present 19 execute the faci fcamelCase 20 For environment jQuery prototype findow with a document 21 such Node ji toArray as module exports 22 tuate get tal window e g var jQuery pushStack See ticket 1454 each i Sowers The following indicators appear in the function popup to show the type of function Indicator Meaning The function containing the insertion
25. 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit10512 html October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit10513 html October 16 2014 3 59 PM o o o o o o o o o o o o Show files starting with New Folder Cancel Save Note When you save a file to an FTP or SFTP server using either Save or Save to FTP SFTP Server and the file has Unix LF or Windows CR LF line endings TextWrangler uploads the file in binary mode preserving its line endings exactly as they are on your local machine However if the file has Macintosh CR line endings it is uploaded in text mode so that the server can convert the line endings as appropriate Finally you can use Save a Copy to FTP SFTP Server to upload a copy of your current file to an FTP server while keeping your local file open This is especially useful when you maintain web site content on your local hard drive and only need to upload changes made in one or two files to the server 54 Chapter 3 Working with Files Using TextWrangler from the Command Line You can use the edit command line tool to open files into TextWrangler via the Unix command line The first time you run TextWrangler after installation it will offer to install the command line tools for you If you choose not to do so you can choose Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time to install or re install the current version of the command line tools To open a file in TextWrangler
26. Disk Browser Controls The menus at the top and bottom of the file list pane let you create new files and folders open existing files and folders reveal them in the Finder or navigate to them in the Terminal limit the kinds of files to show in the list pane and navigate through your disks and folders Directory Menu The Directory popup menu at the top of the file list pane always shows the currently active folder You can use this menu to back out of any folder you are currently in to a higher level folder as you can by Command clicking the name of a folder in the Finder Action Menu The commands on the Action gear popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane allow you to open the selected items reveal them in the Finder copy their paths navigate to their location in the Terminal move them to the Trash or create a new file or folder Disk Browsers 171 172 Note Filter Menu The Filter magnifying glass popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane lets you specify what kinds of files TextWrangler should display e All Available All files which TextWrangler recognizes including its own document types This includes text files images text factories and so on e Text Files Only Only files which TextWrangler recognizes as text files e Everything All items present including invisible files and folders You can also select a file filter to further limit what files TextWrangler should display You can def
27. EB Text Suite P B closeable P Compare Options Compare Results FA FTP Info Unix Scripting B collapsed Y B index EIS item n an OSA object PROPERTIES properties record all of this object s properties ID integer r o object s unique id container specifier r o object s container if any You will see three properties properties ID and container The first entry properties is a record containing all the object s properties In other words because a window is an item it has in addition to all its listed properties another property which returns all the other properties as a record a single piece of data that can be stored in a variable Every class in TextWrangler is part of a hierarchy with the item class at the top so every object in TextWrangler inherits the properties property This catch all property can be handy for making exact duplicates of objects among other uses You may realize that TextWrangler has several kinds of windows you can see their classes listed in the dictionary clipboard window differences window disk browser window text window tool window and the like Let s look at text window S TextWrangler sdef Q7 Terminology gt a text document gt ME active document H display font display font size gt ME display font style Unix Scripting Compare Options gt GB documents drawer width Compare Results Cand H tab width G ie te
28. Mark All command from the Mark submenu TextWrangler opens the Find amp Mark All sheet ee index html o File Path Search for g lt a class gt lt 4 Mark using 1 M Clear existing markers Cancel Find amp Mark src http www barebones com images bbedit app_icon png alt BBEdit icon style float nicht manain Anv Anv Anv Anw xsiar 2 Type the pattern in the Search For field and the marker names in the Mark With field You can also choose stored patterns from the Patterns popup menu 3 Click Find amp Mark to mark the matching text TextWrangler searches the current document for text that matches the pattern and marks it the way you specified Spell Checking Documents The Check Spelling command in the Text menu lets you check the spelling of the text in your documents using the system s built in spelling checker Check Spelling As You Type To have TextWrangler automatically check spelling as you type for the current document select Check Spelling as You Type in the Text menu To have TextWrangler always check spelling as you type turn on the corresponding option in the Editor Defaults preference panel When TextWrangler encounters a word which is either misspelled or not in the checker s dictionary it will draw a heavy red underline beneath the word You can either type a correction or Control click on the word and select a suggested correction from the contextual me
29. Move Cursor to Beginning and End of Current Line Choose this setting to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions instead This option may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior Progressive BRIEF Compatible Choose this option to have the Home and End keys behave as follows on successive presses e the first press will move the insertion point to the beginning or end of the current line e the second press will move the insertion point to the beginning of the first line or the end of the last line in the current page of text without scrolling e the third press will move the insertion point to the beginning or end of the document The behavior is progressive within a specific time period After the period expires or if you change the selection range by other means the behavior state resets so the next press of Home or End will behave as in the first step described above The factory default timeout period is ten seconds There is an expert preference option to control this period please see the Expert Preferences page of TextWrangler s online Help for details Enter key generates Return When this option is on TextWrangler will generate a carriage return when you press the Enter key When this option is off pressing the Enter key will bring the current insertion point or selection range into view Allow Tab key to indent text blocks When this option is on you can
30. RubyGarden Wiki http wiki rubygarden org Ruby Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps TextWrangler now reads your account s command line environment directly thus you need not employ any special mechanisms to pass environment settings to it Line Endings Permissions and Unix Scripts To execute scripts the script interpreter for any given language requires source code to be encoded with native line endings i e Unix line breaks for Perl and most other shell scripting languages TextWrangler will warn you if you attempt to run a script which does not have Unix line endings Additionally to execute scripts anywhere outside of TextWrangler e g in the Terminal the system requires that the script file have execute permissions set Thus when you first save any script file which contains a shebang line TextWrangler will automatically set execute permissions for your login account atx as modified by the umask on that file Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Configuring Perl TextWrangler can make full use of the system s default Perl install with no need for further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Perl you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines Search Paths By default Perl looks for modules in its standard library path and in the current directory You may also use modules from other locations by specifying
31. Soft Wrapping with Indentation You can control how TextWrangler indents soft wrapped text by means of the Soft Wrapped Line Indentation option in the Editing preference panel Choose Flush Left to have all lines of each paragraph below the first wrap flush to the left margin of the window Choose First Line to have all subsequent lines of a paragraph wrap to the same indent level as its first line Choose Reverse to have all subsequent lines of each paragraph wrap indented one level deeper than its first line Exporting Soft Wrapped Text TextWrangler will not insert hard line breaks into softwrapped files upon saving them If you wish to add hard line breaks to a softwrapped file use the Hard Wrap or Add Line Breaks command Soft Wrapping in Browsers Use the Text Options command from the Edit menu to control soft wrapping and other display options for files viewed in a browser window Soft Wrapping and Line Numbers The preference Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views controls how line numbers are displayed when you use soft wrapping If this option is turned on the line number bar cursor position display and Line Number commands in editing views will use line numbers that correspond to hard carriage returns in the document rather than to soft wrapped line breaks To restore the behavior of previous versions of TextWrangler turn this preference off Hard Wrapping The easiest way to hard wrap text is to type a carriage retu
32. The Run in Debugger command is only available for Perl and Python Run File Runs a script from an arbitrary file rather than from a TextWrangler window The Run a Script File dialog appears You can select a file by clicking the File button or by dragging a file to the path box at the top of the dialog from the Finder The options are the same as the ones described above for the Run a Script dialog Show POD Show Module Documentation When the frontmost document is a Perl file and you invoke the Show POD command TextWrangler will process the document contents using by the command line pod2text tool and display the result in a new text window Note POD stands for Plain Old Documentation and is the standard Perl documentation format When the frontmost document is a Python file the name of this command will change to Show Module Documentation and if you invoke it TextWrangler will display the module documentation Filters and Scripts Before you begin using Unix filters and scripts with TextWrangler you should locate and familiarize yourself with the Text Filters and Scripts folders which resides within TextWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 for details 232 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Note Note The contents of the Text Filters and Scripts subfolders are presented respectively in the Apply Text Filters submenu and the Scripts menu as well as the Text Filters and Scripts floating palet
33. UnZipSFX WiZ Pocket UnZip Pocket Zip and MacZip for its own source and binary releases Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Contents Welcome to TextWrangler Getting Started a aA eh a wel a ae What Is TextWrangler 0 0 c eee eee How Can I Use TextWrangler 00 00 00 Editing Source Code 20 Editing Text Files 20 Human Interface Notes 00 0000 eee eee Dynamic Menus 21 Bypassing Options Dialogs 22 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 22 Contextual Menus 22 Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents 22 Feature Highlights 2 0 0 0 c cece eee eee Info on New Features 23 Discussion Group 0 cece ete ees Support Services 0 0 ccc eects How to contact us 24 Installing TextWrangler Basic Installation 0 0 0 00 ccc ee eens System Requirements 25 Installing TextWrangler 25 Automatic Relocation 26 First Run Configuration 26 Checking for Updates 27 Upgrading from a Previous Version 27 Converting from TextWrangler to BBEdit 27 TextWrangler s Application Support Folder Application Support Folder Contents 28 Attachment Scripts 28 Auto Save Recovery 28 Color Schemes 28 Language Modules 28 Menu Scripts 29 Plug Ins 29 Readme txt file 29 Scripts 29 Setup 29 Shutdown Items 30 Startup Items 30 Sta
34. You can access TextWrangler s application specific printing options for the current document by choosing the Printing Options command in the Edit menu When you choose this command TextWrangler will open the printing options sheet Page Options Page Headers Frame printing area Print page headers Print line numbers Print full pathname 1 Inch gutter Time Stamp Print color syntax Date last saved Date of printing You can set defaults for these options as well as the printing font in the Printing panel of TextWrangler s Preferences window Page Options These options control how the printed pages will be laid out Frame printing area When this option is selected TextWrangler draws a frame around the printed text Print line numbers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper Printing 57 58 1 Inch gutter When this option is selected TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually put your pages in three ring binders Print color syntax When this option is selected TextWrangler will print the document in color Page Headers These options control what information is included in the page headers Print page headers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file and the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print full pathname When this opti
35. jquery window You can also use the options in the Application preference panel to hide or show individual items on the status bar Cursor Position This section of the status bar shows the current line and character position of the insertion point Language The Language popup menu displays the language mapping for the current document You can change this mapping by choosing a different language from the popup Text Encoding The Text Encoding popup menu displays the encoding used to open the current document You can change the encoding in which the document will be saved by choosing a different encoding from the popup To choose an arbitrary encoding even one not currently displayed choose Other from the popup and pick your desired encoding from the resulting list Line Break Type The Line Break Type popup menu shows the line break format of the current document s disk file You can change the line break format with which the file will be saved by choosing it from the popup Document Lock State The padlock icon immediately to the left of the Document Save Date indicates whether the document is currently writable or locked Window Anatomy 71 Document Save Date The Document Save Date section of the status bar displays the date and time that the document was last saved if applicable Document Statistics This section of the status bar dynamically displays the number of characters words and lines in the document
36. logic to pattern matching The if portion can either be an integer between 1 and 99 or an assertion The forms of syntax for an ordinary conditional subpattern are if then condition yes pattern if then else condition yes pattern no pattern and for a named conditional subpattern are if then P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern if then else P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern no pattern If the condition evaluates as true the yes pattern portion attempts to match Otherwise the no pattern portion does if there is a no pattern If the condition text between the parentheses is an integer it corresponds to the backreferenced subpattern with the same number Do not precede the number with a backslash If the corresponding backreference has previously matched in the pattern the condition is satisfied Here s an example of how this can be used Let s say we want to match the words red or blue and refer to whichever word is matched in the replacement pattern That s easy red blue Advanced Grep Topics 163 164 To make it harder let s say that if and only if we match blue we want to optionally match a space and the word car if they follow directly afterward In other words we want to match red blue or if possible blue car but we do not want to match red car We cannot use the pattern red blue car
37. modify or remove stored grep patterns If you created any custom grep patterns in a previous version TextWrangler will import those patterns otherwise TextWrangler will create a default set of patterns Menu Shortcuts xml TextWrangler stores keyboard shortcuts for menu commands in this XML file Not Menu Shortcuts xml TextWrangler stores other keyboard shortcuts in this XML file Shutdown Items This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The items in this folder are opened when you quit TextWrangler Usually this function is used to run scripts of some sort Shutdown items are run after all windows have been closed and only if TextWrangler is actually quitting Thus if you wish to run any items as the immediate result of a Quit command you should write a menu script attached to TextWranglereQuit In some previous versions of TextWrangler shutdown items were run before all windows were closed and were run whenever the application was told to quit either by the Quit menu command or via the scripting interface regardless of whether it actually quit or not You should move or copy over any shutdown items that you wish to preserve Startup Items This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time When launched TextWrangler will open any items it finds in this folder If the items present are text files or other documents of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle
38. or double click its name to turn off the checkmark To select a single source only and deselect all other sources Command click on the checkbox next to the desired source s name To remove a search source from the list click on the minus sign to the right of its name Doing so removes only the entry from the list not the original item TextWrangler will display a summary of the selected sources in the information box at the bottom of the Multi File Search window Here are some common scenarios Searching the files in a folder To search the files in a folder click on the box next to the folder s name or double click its name in the Sources list If the folder you want to search is not in the Sources list click the Other button at the right of the dialog and pick the folder using the resulting selection sheet You can also drag a folder from the Finder directly into the search items box of the Find amp Replace dialog to choose it as the source The Choose a Folder dialog will display any packages it encounters as folders rather than just as single files the way they appear in the Finder This allows you to navigate their internal structure just as you would any other folder Similarly you can drag a package from the Finder into the path box in the Find amp Replace dialog and it will be treated as a true folder rather than as a single file Searching all open documents You can choose any or all open text documents
39. or use the Script Editor s Open Dictionary command As we noted earlier all scriptable applications include a dictionary that tells AppleScript how to convert English like commands into the Apple Events actually expected by the application The Script Editor uses this same information to display a sort of vocabulary guide that helps you write your scripts We will naturally use TextWrangler s dictionary shown below to illustrate how to read a dictionary 0 e000 e TextWrangler sdef a fa ja aal Qr Termino open B Standard Suite print H Miscellaneous run B Text Suite HB print settings P p 5 BBEdit Suite gt ait p B unix Scripting p Required Suite Terms that every application should support ra open v Opens the specified item s open specifier the item s to open with properties record properties to be applied to the document when opening opening in any existing text editing window to open the document in or one of front_window new_window separate_windows stationery awareness boolean honor the Stationery flag for documents LF translation boolean convert line feeds in open documents By Default the preference setting read only boolean open documents read only By Default false reading as auto_detect file UTF8 file Unicode File Byte Swapped Unicode File interpret the contents of the file in which way By Default auto detect file type addi
40. s facilities for interacting with the Unix command line shell worksheets for issuing commands to the Unix shell and the edit twdiff and twfind command line tools for invoking TextWrangler from the command line Installing the Command Line Tools Though TextWrangler will not automatically attempt to install its command line tools you may do so at any time by choosing Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time If older versions of the tools are installed choosing this command will update them it will not overwrite existing versions of the tools with older versions The edit Command Line Tool You can use the edit command line tool to open files into TextWrangler via the Unix command line To open a file into TextWrangler from the command line type edit filename where filename is the name of the file to be opened You may also specify a complete FTP or SFTP URL to a remote file or folder to have TextWrangler open the file or an FTP SFTP browser to the folder To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or to activate the application if it is already running type edit 1 You can also pipe STDIN to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept STDIN from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it
41. simply append an filename extension of bz2 gz or gzip when creating it or doing a Save As of an existing document For more information on these formats issue the commands man bz2 or man gzip in the Terminal Crash Auto Recovery TextWrangler automatically saves auto recovery information for all unsaved open documents at the specified interval When you relaunch TextWrangler after a system or application crash TextWrangler will reopen and restore the contents of any documents for which recovery information is available TextWrangler s auto recovery mechanism can help minimize the chance of data loss in the event of unexpected system or application crashes However it may not protect against extraordinary events and it will not protect against hardware failures or any other events that render your disk unreadable You should always manually save a document after making any significant changes to it and we strongly recommend that you take appropriate measures to back up your important files and other data Opening Existing Documents There are several ways to open existing documents with TextWrangler e Double click any file with a TextWrangler document icon e If TextWrangler is running choose the Open or Open Recent command from the File menu e Select the name of a file in a TextWrangler editing window then use the Open Selection command in the File menu e Double click a file name in a bro
42. syntax coloring and function browsing will be available for the language s supported by that module To verify that a language module is active or to modify or add file suffix mappings for the language s it provides use the Languages preference panel see page 186 Installing Language Modules To install a language module move or copy the module file into the Language Modules folder of your TextWrangler application support folder If no such folder exists you may create it After installing a new language module you must quit and relaunch TextWrangler in order to use it 235 IMPORTANT To remove an installed language module you must remove the item s file from the Language Modules subfolder of your TextWrangler application support folder then quit and relaunch TextWrangler Overriding Existing Modules Language modules can override existing language definitions including the built in definitions If there is more than one module present which supports a given language TextWrangler will use the module with the most recent modification date Codeless Language Modules A codeless language module is a specially formatted text file which allows you to describe the properties of a source code language via a set of basic parameters TextWrangler will then use these parameters to perform syntax coloring and function navigation for the specified language Codeless language modules are written as property lists or pli
43. 119 123 129 132 Replace to End 120 replacing text 60 see also searching Return key 22 Ruby 229 S Save a Copy command 36 Save a Copy to FTP Server command 54 Save As command 36 Save As options line breaks 37 Save command 36 Save Selection command 36 Save to FTP Server command 53 Saved Sources xml 32 script systems 103 Scripts 234 Scripts folder 29 Scripts palette 29 239 scrolling synchronized 115 search results window 123 173 search sources 32 searching 118 all open documents 125 case sensitive 120 for non printing characters 120 for whole words 120 grep 120 see also grep in a folder 125 in multiple files 121 in results of a previous search 125 in selection only 120 menu reference 130 non printing characters 143 replacing in multiple files 129 results window 123 173 search set 124 wrap around 120 Select All command 22 60 Select Line command 60 Select Paragraph command 60 selected text 60 selecting text 60 78 by clicking 78 extending the selection 79 rectangular selection 79 Services menu 35 Set jump mark 135 Set Marker command 99 Set Menu Keys see Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel 22 setting markers 99 using grep 99 Shell scripts 229 shell scripts 229 shell worksheets 226 shifting text 105 Show Files Starting with 52 Show Hidden Items 44 Show Invisibles command 64 Show Page Guide 64 179 Soft Wrap Text command 64 soft wrapping 86 88 89 as default 89 Software Update 180 Sort Lin
44. AppleScript rewrites it using with or without Since that is the syntax AppleScript seems to like best that is probably the one you should get used to thinking in Let s take a look at another one the prosaic get Select get from TextWrangler s dictionary listing and take a quick look at its class definition You use get to retrieve information from an application You must specify a reference to the object you want to retrieve and you can specify a coercion a condition that tells AppleScript to treat one type of data as if it were another by adding the as clause However after that is the Result line which we have not seen before This line tells you what type of value the command returns This value is placed in the AppleScript system variable called the result Get can retrieve any kind of object so it can return anything as indicated here Other events might return a specific type of result or none at all Save did not have a Result line in its dictionary entry which means it does not return a result AppleScript Overview 201 Classes and the Class Hierarchy Let s look now at a typical class definition window will do nicely It is in the TextWrangler Suite toward the bottom e00 TextWrangler sdef OQ aig text HB text document gt la f P locument text window r i n 0 tool window E document bounds Compare Options gt ooa gorab Compare Results H collapse FA FTP Info E Requi
45. Choose this item to switch to your preferred AppleScript editor and open TextWrangler s scripting dictionary for viewing If the script editor is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripts Folder Choose this item to open the Scripts folder which is located within TextWrangler s application support folder See Scripts on page 29 Running and Editing Scripts Choose the item corresponding to any script to run that script Hold down the Option key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler open the script for editing in your preferred script editor or hold down the Shift key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler reveal the script file in the Finder If you choose a folder node rather than a script item TextWrangler will open the corresponding folder in the Finder The Scripts Palette The Scripts command located in the Palettes submenu of the Window menu opens a palette listing all available scripts Names that are too long to fit within the width of the window are truncated with ellipses Hovering the mouse over such a truncated name displays a tool tip showing the full name If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Names that fit entirely within the window without truncation do not display a tool tip Organizing Scripts Items in the Scripts menu or Scripts window are displayed in alphabetical order by default but you can force them to
46. Colors FTP SFTP Browser Miscellaneous 1 t Ue Text Encodings Text Files Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Restore Defaults Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility This section of the preference panel displays a hierarchical list of each menu and menu command available within TextWrangler You can hide any menu or command which is not necessary for TextWrangler to function by turning off the checkbox next to that item s name The checkbox is disabled for necessary items such as the File menu and the Quit command You can assign or change the keyboard shortcut key equivalent for any menu command as well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks toolbar popup menus by double clicking on the right hand portion of that command s list item and typing the desired key equivalent To clear the key equivalent from a menu command double click on the right hand portion of that command s list item and press the Delete key Click Restore Defaults to restore all key equivalents to their factory default values as listed in Appendix A Chapter 10 Preferences Note Available Key Combinations All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified The Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys can be used in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be
47. Ctl G keyboard quit and start over Appendix B Editing Shortcuts APPENDIX Codeless Language Modules The information previously contained in this appendix is now superseded by the Codeless Language Module Reference on our website http www barebones com support develop clm html 255 256 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Index Symbols Home and End Keys 185 A active windows 60 alternation 148 AppleScript 30 34 attaching scripts to menu items 210 pitfalls 224 reading dictionary 218 recording 210 application launch overriding default action 181 application launch behavior 181 Application Preferences 180 Apply to New command 133 Apply to Old command 133 Arrange command 115 arranging windows 115 arrow keys 252 ASCII table 114 attaching scripts to menu items 210 automatic spell checking 184 B backups 56 bbdiff 95 binary plist files 44 BOM see byte order mark 41 49 Bonjour 51 bookmarks 51 browsers 169 differences 95 disk browser 171 file list panel 172 search results 123 173 setting the list display font 180 splitter 170 status bar 170 171 text panel 170 byte order mark 41 49 byte swapped see Little Endian 49 bz2 compressed files 44 C C programming language 111 camel case see CamelCase 79 CamelCase 79 keyboard navigation of 79 Cancel button 22 capitalize lines 105 sentences 105 words 105 Cascade Windows command 115 Cascade Windows see also Arrange 115
48. Equivalent 0 0 e eee eee 246 Editing Shortcuts 251 Mouse Commands 0 cee eee cee eee eee eens 251 Arrow and Delete Keys 0 ccc ct eens 252 Emacs Key Bindings 0 0 0 cece cee eee eens 253 Using universal argument 254 16 Table of Contents Appendix C Codeless Language Modules 255 Index 257 Table of Contents 17 18 Table of Contents CHAPTER Welcome to TextWrangler This chapter introduces you to TextWrangler a high performance text editor for the Macintosh In this chapter Getting Started ais ao Ti kire ee ee ie eee oh eG diols Sade wins doe ta Ns Oe 19 What Is TextWrangler ccc cece cece eect ence cece eee eee ee e e 20 How Can I Use TextWrangler 00 0 cece cece cece reece eee eee eean 20 Editing Source Code 20 Editing Text Files 20 Human Interface Notes 0 0 cece cece cece cece eee e tence EE e ES 21 Dynamic Menus 21 Bypassing Options Dialogs 22 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 22 Contextual Menus 22 Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents 22 Feature Highlights ee sce 4 eie sera hia eceue heen e ce alana aid bree evereng wie Sieve dig pe Slee bayeree 22 Info on New Features 23 Discussion Group cceeeccceec cc cee cece nent ener eee ONE E 23 SUppOit SErVICES s sesa aes wists Gioia lose Wb Sa wre hie E EEEE Beebe Gees A AE O as 23 Getting Started Thank you for selecting TextWrangler a high performance t
49. File List If TextWrangler is configured to open documents into the front window it will display a file list down the left hand side of each editing window which shows all the documents currently open in that window To hide or show the file list choose the Show Files or Hide Files command in the View menu or type its default key equivalent of Command 0 Click any document s name in the list to make that document frontmost in the text window eee jquery 1 11 1js id Open Documents __ T_ File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js lt i gt igi j lt Ee 5 Markdown Syntax text d jquery 1 11 1js no sym elected MarkdownTest text ey i jQuery JavaScript Library vi 11 1 http jquery com Includes Sizzle js http sizzlejs com Released under the MIT license http jquery org license m POwemnauerunpe 1 Dragging a document s name from the file list has the same effect as dragging its proxy icon in the toolbar You can also drag documents within the list to manually reorder them Window Anatomy Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors 69 70 There are several buttons and popup menus below the file list which you can apply to perform various additional actions 11 12 Date 2014 05 01T17 42Z 13 15 function global factory 18 or Common s actory and get jQuery t do not inherently posses a window To open an
50. Find All Finds all instances of the search string in the current document or search set and displays a search results browser Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text Uses the selected text as the search string and finds the next occurrence of the selected text Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence of the selected text When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search string to its Search History list of recently used search strings You can also hold down the Option and Command keys as you double click on a selection to search for the next occurrence of the selected text Search Menu Reference 131 132 Use Selection for Find Sets TextWrangler s search string to the currently selected text but does not perform a search When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Find grep When you hold down the Shift key Use Selection for Find becomes Use Selection for Find grep This command sets TextWrangler s search string to the currently selected text and turns on the Grep option but does not perform a search When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Replace Sets TextWrangler s replace string to the currently selected text but does not perform a search operation When you invoke this command T
51. Move insertion point down one line Ctl O open line Inserts line break without moving insertion point Ctl P previous line Move insertion point up one line Ctl R isearch backward Live Search backward Ctl S isearch forward Live Search forward Ctl T transpose chars Exchange Characters Ctl U universal argument See note below Ctl V scroll up Page down Ctl W kill region Cut Ctl Y yank Paste Ctl _ undo Undo Emacs Key Bindings 253 254 Key Sequence Action Ctl X Ctl C save buffers kill emacs Quit Ctl X Ctl F find file Open file Ctl X Ctl S save buffer Save current document Ctl X Ctl W write file Save As Esc lt beginning of buffer Move insertion point to start of document Esc gt end of buffer Move insertion point to end of document Esc Q fill paragraph Hard Wrap with current settings Esc T transpose words Exchange Words Esc V scroll down Page up Esc W copy region as kill Copy Esc Y yank pop Paste Previous Clipboard Using universal argument The universal argument command Ctl U does not work quite the same way as it does in Emacs In TextWrangler it is a simple repeat count For example if you type Ctl U then a 3 and then Ctl N the insertion point will move down three lines There is no visual feedback as you type the number and no way to backspace or otherwise edit the number If you make a mistake the best you can do is type
52. Not connected Server www barebones com AL Fa SFTP not c User Name Kind Password eseccescssesee Show items starting with Alternatively you can choose a bookmark from the Bookmarks pop up menu to fill in stored info for the server user name password and connection options You can choose Add Bookmark from the directory popup in an FTP SFTP Browser window to create a bookmark for the current server and directory or create arbitrary bookmarks via the Bookmarks panel of the Setup window You can modify or delete existing bookmarks via the Bookmarks panel of the Setup window Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 51 52 NEW Once you have connected to the server you can open files by double clicking them or selecting them and clicking the Open button You can double click a folder to change directories If you hold down the Option key when opening a folder it will open in a new FTP SFTP Browser window You can select a range of files and directories by Shift clicking and you can select and deselect multiple items one at a time by Command clicking them eee FTP Browser www barebones com support user www barebones com connected sftp Disconnect O B support Name Date Kind bbedit October 15 2014 3 22 PM Folder develop August 13 2013 11 44 AM Folder disclaimer htm l October 16 2014 3 59 PM HTML text index htm October 16 2014 3 59 PM HTML text al mailsmith August 13 2013 11 45 AM F
53. Options popup menu from the Toolbar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel The Document Information Panel Clicking on the document icon in a window s toolbar will now open a spring loaded info panel which displays basic information about the file and gives you the ability for local files only to rename it touch its creation modification dates and change its permissions To dismiss this panel click outside it switch to another window or application or press the Escape key lt Keves wrw Info Permissions Text Size 210 bytes Created March 13 2014 at 2 52 45 PM Touch Modified Today at 9 50 33 AM Touch Path Users Shared doc examples a_small_sample_site a small_site index html 64 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Tip The Split Bar Every text window and every browser text pane has a split bar a small black bar above the scroll bar that lets you split it into two active view regions Splitting a text pane lets you view and edit a document s content in two places at the same time Each region is independently scrollable Scrolling the non active split region does not automatically change view focus To split the text pane simply drag the split bar down and let go J 5 untitled text lew Document a I untitled text This line of text is not selected This is the selected text An additional line of text To collapse the text pane back down to a single region drag
54. Rectangular Selections By holding down the Option key as you drag or holding down the Shift and Option keys while clicking you can select all text lying within a specified rectangular area column You can then perform all of the normal editing operations on this rectangular selection such as Cut Copy Paste or drag and drop as well as text transformations such as Change Case Shift Left Shift Right Entab Detab Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes and Zap Gremlins TextWrangler 5 offers two new commands in the Edit menu Select Up and Select Down These commands facilitate rectangular selection via the keyboard Their default key equivalents are Control Shift up arrow and Control Shift down arrow which can be changed as usual in the Menus amp Shortcuts preferences panel Starting from either an existing selection that does not cross a line boundary or an existing rectangular selection the Select Up command will extend the selection range up or Select Down will extend it down within the same column thus creating or extending a rectangular selection Cursor Movement and Text Selection 79 IMPORTANT IMPORTANT Rectangular selection and soft wrapping are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse to make a selection will always result in a normal non rectangular selection even if you hold down the Option key Conversely if you have made a rectangular selection in a ha
55. TextWrangler s powerful Find and Multi File Search commands now enhanced with a flexible file filtering mechanism It tells you how to search for text in the active window or within a set of files TextWrangler can also do advanced pattern or grep searching To learn about pattern searching you should read this chapter first and then read Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In this chapter Search Windows cccccecccccecccreeec renee cress EE EE 117 Basic Searching and Replacing cece ce eee e cece cece eee eeeeeeees 118 Search Settings 120 Special Characters 120 Multi File Searching 2 cece cece e cece cece e eee tence eee eeeeeee 121 Find All and Multi File Search Results 123 Specifying the Search Set 124 Multi File Search Options 126 File Filters 126 Searching SCM Directories 128 Multi File Replacing aac ois sieve sie ss dies ase gare rear oi Gite eres bine oe sere ele 129 Lave Search eve iaito Sed de eee ate wie eee gid E Seales ale Ara SE wheat meat eaves 130 Search Meni References seereis nao a sels eters ea sions ave sore echoes acne 130 Search Windows TextWrangler s Find and Multi file Search windows provide a consistent modeless interface to TextWrangler s powerful text search and replace capabilities If you are familiar with the modal Find dialog used in older versions you ll generally feel at home but there are some important differences and improvements of wh
56. To start entering text in any supported language choose a suitable input method from the Input menu The icon for that method will appear in the menu bar in place of either the American flag for the U S English layout or the icon for your usual Roman keyboard layout Ifyou have turned off the Try to match keyboard with text option in the Options dialog of the International section of the System Preferences you may also need to select a suitable display font via the Font panel We recommend leaving this option on so that TextWrangler can automatically switch to the correct input method when you change document windows You can use international text throughout TextWrangler for example in the Find window within your text filters and scripts or anywhere else you would use Roman text Likewise TextWrangler will provide the necessary style information so that if you copy and paste or drag and drop international text into another application that application will have enough information to handle the text correctly assuming it is capable of doing so TextWrangler remembers the encoding used in a document when you save it so the next time you open it you will not need to choose the font However you may not be able to read files which do not have this stored information for instance files downloaded from the Internet until you choose an appropriate encoding for them When performing a search TextWrangler respects any availa
57. Within each suite events verbs are displayed in normal text while classes nouns are italicized Most commands sent to TextWrangler will start with one of the verbs In some cases get might be implied Events Let s look more closely at one of the events Save is a good one to start with It is shown below e080 6 TextWrangler sdef O f lt a Amaia B Q7 Terminology alae ike B Required Suite p duplicate a I Standard Suite E exists 5 H Miscellaneous gt move H BBEdit Suite y G get B Text Suite gt make E unix Scripting save v Save a window or document save specifier the object to save to alias file in which to save the window s contents saving as stationery boolean save the file as stationery By Default false add to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true add to favorites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true The right side of the window shows the syntax of the selected event as well as a brief description of its function The boldface words are keywords they must be included exactly as shown or the script will not compile The normal text tells you what kind of information goes after each keyword For example after save you must give a reference the italicized comment next to that line indicates that it is a reference to the window to be saved In other words some wi
58. a copy at http www info zip org pub infozip license html Copyright 1990 2009 Info ZIP All rights reserved For the purposes of this copyright and license Info ZIP is defined as the following set of individuals Mark Adler John Bush Karl Davis Harald Denker Jean Michel Dubois Jean loup Gailly Hunter Goatley Ed Gordon Ian Gorman Chris Herborth Dirk Haase Greg Hartwig Robert Heath Jonathan Hudson Paul Kienitz David Kirschbaum Johnny Lee Onno van der Linden Igor Mandrichenko Steve P Miller Sergio Monesi Keith Owens George Petrov Greg Roelofs Kai Uwe Rommel Steve Salisbury Dave Smith Steven M Schweda Christian Spieler Cosmin Truta Antoine Verheijen Paul von Behren Rich Wales Mike White This software is provided as is without warranty of any kind express or implied In no event shall Info ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct indirect incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the above disclaimer and the following restrictions e Redistributions of source code in whole or in part must retain the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions e Redistributions in binary form compiled executables and libraries must reprodu
59. a tab character Additionally when there are only spaces and tabs between the insertion point and the start of the current line or the first non whitespace character on the line TextWrangler will delete a tab stop s worth of spaces when you press Delete Backspace Soft wrap text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the page guide the window width or a specific number of characters The page guide is an arbitrary visual boundary whose width you can set in the Appearance preference panel See Soft Wrapping on page 89 to learn how wrapping works in TextWrangler Language The Language menu lets you specify which source code language the file uses The file s language setting affects how TextWrangler performs syntax coloring and parses function names for the function popup menu TextWrangler generally determines the file s language from its filename extension using the mapping table in the Languages preference panel For example cp files are C and m files are Objective C You can use this menu to override those settings for a specific file To quickly check the language for a file click the Text Options popup menu in the toolbar and look at the Languages item Display Options These options determine which controls appear in the frontmost text window regardless of whether that window contains one or more documents Changes you make
60. because that will match red car Nor can we use red blue car blue because in our replacement pattern we want the backreference to only contain red or blue without the car Using a conditional subpattern however we can search for 2 8 p gt gt blue l red 2 car Here s how this pattern works First we start with blue red When this subpattern matches blue 1 and 2 are set to blue and 3 is empty When it matches red 1 and 3 are set to red and 2 is empty Next comes the conditional subpattern 2 car The conditional test is on 2 the second backreferenced subpattern if 2 is set which in our case means it has matched the word blue then it will try to match car If 2 is not set however the entire conditional subpattern is skipped The question mark at the end of the pattern makes this conditional match optional even if 2 is set to blue Here s an example that uses an assertion for the condition and the if then else form Let s say we want to match a run of digits of any length followed by either is odd or is even depending on whether the matched digits end with an odd or even digit d lt 13579 is odd is even This pattern starts with d to match the digits Next comes a conditional subpattern with a positive lookbehind assertion as the condition to be satisfied The look
61. case sensitivity 120 case transformations 152 changing case 104 character classes 142 character offset specification 45 character set encoding 37 41 49 check spelling as you type 184 Check Spelling command 100 checking spelling user dictionary 102 Classic Mac line breaks 37 Clear command 22 60 Clear key 60 clearing a marker 99 Clipboard 61 clipboard 61 clipboards multiple 61 colored text 87 columns see rectangular selection 79 command keys assigning to menu items 239 in dialogs 22 in menus 22 listing by default key 246 listing by menu 241 shortcuts 251 command line configuring TextWrangler for use with 225 Command Period 22 Compare Again command 133 Compare Against Disk File 96 Compare Two Front Windows 94 comparing files 94 multiple files 97 complex patterns 146 concatenate 93 contextual menu in disk browsers 172 control characters 111 Convert to ASCII 106 257 Copy amp Append command 61 Copy command 22 61 Counterpart button 68 counterparts overriding defaults 47 creating documents 35 with clipboard 35 with selection 35 cursor movement 78 using arrow keys 79 Cut amp Append command 61 cut and paste 60 Cut command 22 60 D default window position setting 115 Delete key 60 83 252 deleting text 60 Detab command 112 dialog keyboard shortcuts 22 dictionary AppleScript 218 Differences command 95 disclosure triangles 73 Disk Browser 35 disk browsers 30 34 35 40 171 file list panel 172 sta
62. checkbox when saving the file from TextWrangler Alternatively you can change any document into a stationery pad in the Finder by clicking the Stationery Pad checkbox in the document s Get Info window Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 55 You can create new documents from a stationery pad in any of these ways e Open the pad the same way you would open any other document e Choose New With Stationery from the File menu and select the desired stationery pad from the contents of the Stationery folder inside TextWrangler s application support folder You can also assign a keyboard shortcut to a stationery file in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel in the File gt New with Stationery section Manually Sorting the Stationery List By default items in the Stationery List are displayed in alphabetical order However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their names For example 00 Markdown templates would sort before 01 HTML Templates For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it Hex Dump for Files and Documents Choose the Hex Dump File command to generate a hex dump representation from a file that you choose Ch
63. command performs the reverse of Educate Quotes it converts typographer s quotes and to straight quotes and Add Remove Line Numbers This command displays a sheet which allows you to add or remove line numbers for each line of the selected text or of the document You can set the starting number and numbering increment as well as whether to include a trailing space and whether to right justify the inserted numbers by choosing the appropriate options O insert Remove Starting line number Line number increment 1 Include space after number Keep text justified Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Prefix Suffix Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to insert or remove the specified prefix and or suffix strings on each line of the selected text or of the document Oo Insert Remove Suffix If you define both a prefix and a suffix string TextWrangler will apply them to the text at the same time When using the add prefix add suffix remove prefix or remove suffix scripting commands the string direct parameter is required Sort Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to sort lines of text by collating them in alphanumeric order The sorted lines can be copied to the clipboard be displayed in a new untitled window replace the selection within the original document or any combination of the three Numbers match by value Sorted lines to c
64. document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate movie documents from other types of document e QuickTime document refers to a document corresponding to an imported Quicktime image file A QuickTime document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate QuickTime documents from other types of documents Lines and Display_lines The line element refers to a hard line that is a stream of characters that begins at the start of file or after a line break and which ends at the end of file or immediately before a line break This is consistent with the previous semantics of line in hard wrapped documents and these semantics now apply in soft wrapped documents as well The display_line element refers to a line of text as displayed on screen bounded by soft and or hard line breaks The startLine and endLine properties of a text object now always refer to the hard start and end of lines In other words if a text object crosses multiple soft wrapped lines the startLine and endLine properties will be the same Both startDisplayLine and endDisplayLine properties are now part of the text object class These serve the same purpose as the startLine and endLine semantics for soft wrapped views in older versions of TextWrangler Getting and Setting Properties
65. e mode allows you to explicitly specify the language Many of the Emacs style mode names work as long as they correspond to supported languages In addition any installed language may be expressed as a mode name by lowercasing its name and replacing spaces with dashes For example Ruby in HTML becomes ruby in html or Strings File becomes strings file e make backup files set to 1 or 0 determines whether TextWrangler makes a backup of the file when saving e backup inhibited if present and set to 1 will explicitly suppress the creation of backup files when saving Finally BBEdit and TextWrangler support some custom keys which map specifically to their own internal settings All of these keys have names that begin with x in order to prevent collisions with any future core keys These correspond directly to individual document settings and if present will override TextWrangler s global preferences e x typographers quotes Use Typographer s Quotes e x balance while typing Balance While Typing e x soft wrap text Soft Wrap Text x soft wrap mode string Must be one of CharacterWidth Window Width or PageGuide x soft wrap limit integer if the wrap mode is CharacterWidth specifies the number of characters e x font name string the display font name e x font size integer the display font point size e x show invisibles Show Invisibles e x show spaces Show
66. entire line at first but when this fails because there is no following a it backtracks to match all but the last character then all but the last two characters and so on Once again the search for a covers the entire string from right to left so we are no better off However if the pattern is written as gt lt abcd there can be no backtracking for the item it can match only the entire line The subsequent lookbehind assertion does a single test on the last four characters If it fails the whole match fails immediately For long strings this approach makes a significant difference to the processing time When a pattern contains an unlimited repeat inside a subpattern that can itself be repeated an unlimited number of times the use of a once only subpattern is the only way to avoid some failing matches taking a very long time literally millions or even billions of years in some cases The pattern D lt d gt Advanced Grep Topics 165 166 matches an unlimited number of substrings that either consist of non digits or digits enclosed in lt gt followed by either or When it matches it runs quickly However if it is attempts to match this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa it takes a long time before reporting failure So long in fact that it will effectively freeze TextWrangler This is not really a crash per se but left to run
67. existing file into the current text window choose Open from the File menu or drag and drop the file from the Finder into the window s file list To create a new document click the Add plus button or choose New Text Document in the New submenu of the File menu To move a document from the current text window into its own text window select it in the list and choose Move to New Window from the Action gear popup menu or Control click on the document in the list and choose this command from the contextual menu To move multiple documents select them and choose Move to New Window to create a new text window containing all the selected documents To close a document you can choose Close Document from the File menu click on the close box next to its name in the list select it in the list and apply the Close command from the action gear menu or Control click on it in the list and select Close in the contextual menu You can also choose the Close Others command from the action menu or in the contextual menu to close all documents except the selected document To reopen any recently open file click on the Recent clock popup and select the desired file To move a document from one text window to another drag its name from the first text window s file list into the second text window s file list You can select and move multiple documents at once To save the current document you can choose Save from the File menu or the action m
68. functionality they enable applications that have been factored and use Apple Events to let the two halves communicate are said to be recordable It is important to note that not all scriptable applications are recordable Saving Scripts Any AppleScript can be saved in what s called a compiled script file A compiled script file contains the actual Apple Events by generating these events when you save the file the operating system does not have to convert your English like commands into events each time you run the script which means it loads faster When double clicked in the Finder a compiled script file automatically opens in the Script Editor where it can be run A script can also be saved as a stand alone application or applet in which case double clicking the script s Finder icon automatically runs the script Both types of files can be saved with or without the English like source code if you save it without the source code other users you give the script to will not be able to make any changes to it of course you should also keep a copy of the script with the source for yourself Using Scripts with Applications Although you can place a script applet in the global Scripts menu or in any folder and use it any time you need it many applications including TextWrangler provide a special menu that lets you launch compiled scripts intended specifically for use with that one application Since you do not have to save them as apple
69. it If the license is terminated for any reason you agree to destroy the program and documentation together with all copies thereof in whole or in part in any form and to cease all use of the program and documentation Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedies The program documentation and any support from Bare Bones Software Inc are provided as is and without warranty express and implied including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose In no event will Bare Bones Software Inc be liable for any damages including lost profits lost savings or other incidental or consequential damages even if Bare Bones Software Inc is advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim by you or any third party General Terms This Agreement can only be modified by a written agreement signed by you and Bare Bones Software Inc and changes from the terms and conditions of this Agreement made in any other manner will be of no effect If any portion of this Agreement shall be held invalid illegal or unenforceable the validity legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to conflict of laws provisions thereof As required by United States export regulations you shall not permit export of the program o
70. known for including Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler e Flexible multi document editing windows e Modeless Find and Multi File Search windows provide a consistent familiar interface to TextWrangler legendary search and replace capabilities e In window Live Search highlights and quickly jumps though matches Find Differences detects sub line differences e Live display of document statistics character word and line count e Transparent support for viewing browsing files within bz2 gzip and Zip archives Info on New Features In addition to these major features TextWrangler 5 also contains numerous additional convenience features and interface refinements as well as performance enhancements and bug fixes For a detailed summary of changes and bug fixes please refer to the current release notes which are available in the TextWrangler Support section of our web site http www barebones com support textwrangler current _notes html Discussion Group We maintain a public Google Group where our customers can discuss and share knowledge about using TextWrangler http groups google com group textwrangler Support Services If you need information about using TextWrangler or any of our other products the Support area of our web site offers up to date details http www barebones com support textwrangler You ll find a wide range of information there including e Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Answers fo
71. lib grid css type text css media screen 13 lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt 14 te Unmanane FCC The information at the top of the window tells you how many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as specifying whether there were any error conditions or warnings generated during the search You can display or hide any combination of errors warnings and matches by checking the appropriate options The middle panel lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file name and line number Multi File Searching 123 Click any match in the list of occurrences to have TextWrangler display the part of the file that contains the match in the text pane IMPORTANT You can edit text directly within a search results browser or double click any line that contains a match to open the corresponding file at the point of the match After you have opened a file you can use the Find Again Replace Replace All and Replace amp Find Again commands in the Search menu to continue searching it as if you had chosen a File by File search See the next section for information on File by File searching Note You can use a search results window as the basis of another multi file search See Specifying the Search Set below Specifying the Search Set To specify which files and folders TextWrangler should examine when performing
72. located then a bullet Option 8 character then the name of the menu item For example to attach a script to the Open from FTP SFTP Server menu item you would name it FileeOpen from FTP SFTP Server while to attach a script to the New Document menu item you would name it NewsText Document Two of TextWrangler s menus have icons rather than names TextWrangler uses the following names for its icon menus the Shebang menu and Scripts Furthermore the New With Stationery submenu is named Stationery for purposes of attachability When you choose a menu command which has an attached script TextWrangler will pass the menu name and command item name to the script s MenuSelect handler if it has one If the script contains no MenuSelect handler TextWrangler executes the script s run handler The script s MenuSelect handler can tell TextWrangler to skip performing the chosen command by returning true or have it continue on and perform the command by returning false If MenuSelect returns false TextWrangler will call the script s PostMenuSelect handler if it has one after it performs the menu command Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler IMPORTANT Here is a simple example which adds a confirmation dialog to the Save command addressed as File Save Note that we test the menu and item names to make sure the script is attached to the Save command f it is
73. node in the Finder Additional Notes In addition to the features detailed above TextWrangler offers some additional options which it may help you to be aware of Setting Menu Keys for Scripts The Filters and Scripts palettes both have a Set Shortcut button at the top Select a filter or script in the list and click this button to set a keyboard shortcut for the selected item You may also assign key equivalents to scripts or filters within the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Manually Sorting the Filter and Script Lists By default items in the Apply Text Filters submenu and the Scripts menu display in alphabetical order However you can force items to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Foo would sort before 01 Bar For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it Canceling Filter or Script Execution You can press the Cancel button in the progress dialog or type Command Command period to cancel a task directly from within TextWrangler Since TextWrangler must kill the spawned Unix process with a SIGINT any unflushed data in open filehandles including STDOUT and STDERR will be lost unless the script takes m
74. of the set Or you can include any of these character at any point in the class by escaping them with a backslash Character Class Matches 0 9 any digit or aeiou a vowel or A Z adashorA Z Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Character Class Matches A any character in the range from to A aeiou any vowel or aei ou any vowel or Character classes respect the setting of the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find window For example if Case Sensitive is on a will only match a if Case Sensitive is off a will match both a and A Matching Non Printing Characters As described in Chapter 7 on searching TextWrangler provides several special character pairs that you can use to match common non printing characters as well as the ability to specify any arbitrary character by means of its hexadecimal character code escape code You can use these special characters in grep patterns as well as for normal searching For example to look for a tab or a space you would use the character class t consisting of a tab special character and a space character Character Matches r line break carriage return n Unix line break line feed t tab f page break form feed a alarm hex 07 cX a named control character like cC for Control C b backspace hex 08 only in character classes e Esc hex 1B xNN hexadecim
75. or the active selection if any This icon will be white when TextWrangler is displaying statistics for the whole document and green when it s displaying statistics for the current selection You may also click on the statistics section at any time to display the Text tab of the document information panel between displaying info for the whole document and for the selection range Info Permissions Text Document Selection 262 Characters 19 36 Words lt 18 Lines 0 Magnification The Magnification popup menu displays the current document s magnification level and allows you to change it The default magnification level is 100 Key Equivalents for Status Bar Items You can assign key equivalents to the items on the status bar from the Status Bar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel For example you can assign a key equivalent to the Line Breaks popup then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to select the desired line break option directly from the keyboard 72 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler The Gutter and Folded Text Regions The gutter is the vertical bar directly to the left of the text area and immediately to the right of the line number display bar not shown which contains indicators for folded and foldable regions automatically generated folds jquery 1 11 1 js d T File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js D PL PEF 3 jquery 1 11 1 js no sym elected
76. page 100 Default font This option controls the standard font and font size which TextWrangler uses to display the contents of text windows To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel and choose the desired font and size The default font is Menlo Regular at 12 points You can also adjust the default tab width on a per language basis To do so select a language entry in the Languages preference panel click Options to bring up the language options sheet and enter the desired tab width in the Editing section of this sheet Tab Width This option controls the default number of spaces that TextWrangler uses to represent the width of a tab character Soft Wrap Text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the Page Guide the window width or a specified number of characters as selected by the options below the checkbox Chapter 10 Preferences Keyboard Preferences The Keyboard preferences control TextWrangler s response to the use of various special keys including the ability to recognize Emacs key bindings Home and End Keys There are three potential choices for this option Scroll to Beginning and End of Document Choose this setting to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions This is the default setting which reflects the standard key motion behavior in Macintosh applications
77. press the Tab key to invoke the Shift Right command or Shift Tab to invoke the Shift Left command this may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior When this option is off pressing Tab will insert a tab character in the normal manner This option is off by default Keyboard Preferences 185 186 Enable Shift Delete for forward delete When this option is on holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards When auto indenting remove leading white space from indented line When this option is on if the current line is not indented but there is whitespace followed by text to the right of the insertion point when you type Return TextWrangler will insert a line break and strip the following whitespace leaving the remaining text also left aligned Allow Page Up and Page Down keys to move the insertion point When this option is off the Page Up and Page down keys function in their usual fashion Refugees from other platforms may feel more comfortable if this option is turned on doing so allows the insertion point to remain in the same position relative to the top and bottom of the window which entails changing its position in the text when scrolling via Page Up or Page Down Option on Japanese keyboards This option controls whether typing Option yen on a Japanese keyboard generates a yen symbol or a backslash
78. previous proportions You can also choose the Hide Editor or View Editor commands in the View menu to hide or display the text view pane Chapter 9 Browsers Disk Browsers Use a disk browser to explore the contents of a disk or a folder without opening each file one at a time To open a disk browser pull down the File menu and choose Disk Browser from the New submenu TextWrangler opens a new disk browser that starts in your home directory but you can navigate to any desired location 4 Bectana ilar Selections txt Disk Browser 1 Tutorial Examples Users Shared E File Path v Users Shared Tutorial Examples Lesson 4 Rectangular Selection mie Ladle Rat Rotten Hut txt gad el er This BR text text E Lesson 5 4 goes goes Hard Wrapped txt 5 on the on the Soft Wrapped txt 6 left right E Lesson 7 4 ra z 8 This This Emal That 9 text text Find and Replace Sample txt 10 goes doesn t Mutti File Site 11 in the go P Lesson 8 12 middle anywhere BBEdit128 png BuiltWithBBEdit jpq content for mypage txt Line 1 Col 1 Text File Unicode UTF 8 Unix LF e 5 119 23 The name and path of the file if any and directory currently being viewed are displayed in the title bar of the window The file list pane displays all the items in the current folder Click on a file in the file list pane to open it in the text pane or double click to open the file into a text window
79. s standard library framework support or which have other special meaning to developers writing code in that language e ctags symbols are any words or elements identified in an associated ctags file while in general most elements natures should be clear from their display names e g Preprocessor directives Global Colors The bottom section of the Text Colors panel contains options which control global colors used within any language such as the foreground text and background window colors and the color of the underline used by the spelling checker to mark questioned words Background This option controls the background color used within editing windows and other content display views Misspelled words This option controls the color TextWrangler uses to highlight misspelled words Spaces This option controls the color TextWrangler uses to display spaces when the Show Invisibles and Show Spaces display options are active Other invisibles This option controls the color TextWrangler uses to display invisible characters other than spaces when the Show Invisibles display options is active Use custom highlight colors Turn this option on to have TextWrangler use custom highlight colors You can choose the primary and secondary highlight colors Highlight insertion point When this option is on TextWrangler highlights the line currently containing the insertion point using the indicated color You can choose the line highlig
80. size 9 style plain clipboard 1 as text e Returns Files WebSite clipboard 1 as reference e Returns clipboard 1 of application TextWrangler current clipboard e Returns the current clipboard as a record you can coerce it to reference or text or get individual properties To set the text in a given clipboard to literal text set contents of clipboard 3 to foobar To set the text in a clipboard to text represented by an object specifier set contents of clipboard 3 to selection of window 2 To copy the contents of one clipboard to another set contents of clipboard 5 to clipboard 3 or to set the current clipboard to the contents of a different clipboard thus making it exportable to the system clipboard set current clipboard to clipboard 3 as text TextWrangler s Scripting Model 221 222 or finally with even less typing involved set current clipboard to clipboard 5 To make any clipboard the current clipboard select it select clipboard 5 Setting Text Encodings When specifying the encoding to use for opening or saving a file you may either use the encoding s internet name or its exact display name as shown in the Read As popup menu For example open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as Western ISO Latin 1 open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as iso 8859 1 Arranging Documents and Windows TextWrangler provides considerable contr
81. support support barebones com TextWrangler is a trademark of and BBEdit and It Doesn t Suck are registered trademarks of Bare Bones Software Inc Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of the copyright holder The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement Warranty and license information is included in printed form with the CD ROM package or in electronic form for downloaded products and is presented on the next page of this user manual The owner or authorized user of a valid copy of TextWrangler may reproduce this publication for the purpose of learning to use such software No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted for commercial purposes such as selling copies of this publication or for providing paid for support services Macintosh Mac OS Mac OS X Power Macintosh and AppleScript are trademarks of Apple Inc Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners TextWrangler License Agreement You the Licensee assume responsibility for the selection of the program TextWrangler to achieve your intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the program Breaking the package seal and installing the program constitutes your acceptance of these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditio
82. tab width or a custom color scheme you may add a custom language preference To create such a preference click the plus button below the list of Custom Language Preferences and select the desired language from the resulting popup When you do so TextWrangler will display a language options sheet which contains the following sections e General In this section you can view or change the comment start and comment end strings used by the Un Comment command on the Text menu for the selected language or to view or change the Reference URL Template used by the Find in Reference command e Editor In this section you can view or change the default display and editing options used for documents in the selected language These options parallel the options provided by the Text Options command e Display In this section you can view or change the default items which appear on the navigation bar and status bar for documents in the selected language You can also choose any available color scheme to use for syntax coloring of documents in the selected language To remove an existing language preference select the desired entry in the list of Custom Language Preferences and click the minus button below the list Once you have removed the entry TextWrangler will again apply its active global preferences settings to all documents with that language Custom Extension Mappings TextWrangler includes a set of default file extension mapp
83. text manipulation and processing commands allow you to reformat or rearrange the information in text files e g add or remove hard line breaks change the case of selected text or remove duplicate lines from a list 20 Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler IMPORTANT e Extensive AppleScript support allows you to combine multiple processing steps for reuse and enables you to easily transfer data into and out of TextWrangler to other applications e International text support lets you edit Unicode files UTF 8 and UTF 16 as well as files saved in most non Roman single byte scripts e FTP and SFTP support lets you open and save text files located on remote servers Human Interface Notes TextWrangler enhances the behavior of its menus and dialogs as described in this section Dynamic Menus Many of TextWrangler s pull down menus are dynamic if you hold down the Shift Option or Control key while a menu is open you can see some of the items change The illustration below shows what the File menu looks like normally left and when you hold down the Option key right New gt New gt New with Stationery gt New with Stationery gt Open 0 Open 0 Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open File by Name 3D Open Counterpart rE Open Counterpart xE Open Recent gt Open Recent gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Close Window TEW Close All Windows XTHEW Close Docum
84. the File menu TextWrangler will either use the frontmost editing window if one is available or make a new editing window if necessary Automatically refresh documents as they change on disk This option controls whether TextWrangler checks if documents files have changed on disk while they re open If an open document has changed on disk and there are no unsaved changes TextWrangler will automatically reload the document If a document has changed on disk and also has unsaved changes TextWrangler will ask whether you want to reload the document from disk or keep the unsaved changes This option is on by default The effects of the Revert command from the File menu and of a file Reload which occurs when a document is reloaded by a refresh action are both undoable Remember the N most recently used items This text field lets you choose how many files appear on the Open Recent sub menu of the File menu and how many folders appear on the folder search popup menu in the Find Differences folder lists Chapter 10 Preferences Always Show Full Paths in Open Recent Menu Check this option to have TextWrangler always display full paths in the Open Recent menu If this option is off TextWrangler will only display path info when it s needed to distinguish between files with the same name When TextWrangler becomes active This preference controls what TextWrangler does when you launch it or activate it when there are no ope
85. the previous three characters are all digits and then there is a check that the same three characters are not 999 This pattern does not match foo preceded by six characters the first of which are digits and the last three of which are not 999 For example it does not match 123abcfoo A pattern to do that is lt d 3 lt 999 foo This time the first assertion looks at the preceding six characters checking that the first three are digits and then the second assertion checks that the preceding three characters are not 999 Assertions can be nested in any combination For example lt lt f 00 bar baz matches an occurrence of baz that is preceded by bar which in turn is not preceded by foo while lt d 3 999 foo is another pattern which matches foo preceded by three digits and any three characters that are not 999 Assertion subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns and may not be repeated because it makes no sense to assert the same thing several times If any kind of assertion contains capturing subpatterns within it these are counted for the purposes of numbering the capturing subpatterns in the whole pattern However substring capturing is carried out only for positive assertions because it does not make sense for negative assertions Conditional Subpatterns Conditional subpatterns allow you to apply if then or if then else
86. the string foo if it has word breaks on both sides but the b s do not themselves match any characters the entire text matched by this pattern are the three characters f o and o Lookahead and lookbehind assertions work in a similar manner but allow you to test for arbitrary patterns to anchor next to If you have ever said to yourself I would like to match foo but only when it is next to bar lookaround assertions fill that need Advanced Grep Topics 161 162 Positive lookahead assertions begin with and negative lookahead assertions begin with 1 For example w will match any word followed by a semicolon but the semicolon is not included as part of the match foo bar matches any occurrence of foo that is not followed by bar Note that the apparently similar pattern 00 bar does not find an occurrence of bar that is preceded by something other than foo it finds any occurrence of bar whatsoever because the assertion foo is always true when the next three characters are bar A lookbehind assertion is needed to achieve this effect Positive lookbehind assertions start with lt and negative lookbehind assertions start with lt For example lt 00 bar does find an occurrence of bar that is not preceded by foo The contents of a lookbehind assertion are restricted such tha
87. this list in the order they appear Text Files Preferences The Text Files preferences control how TextWrangler opens and saves files including whether to make backups Line breaks This option controls what kind of line breaks TextWrangler writes when creating a new file You can choose e Unix line breaks ASCII 10 for general use This is the default option e Classic Mac line breaks ASCII 13 if you will be using the file with Classic Macintosh applications e Windows line breaks ASCII 13 10 if the file will reside on a Windows server or if you are sending it to someone who uses a Windows system Ensure file ends with line break When this option is on TextWrangler will add a line break at the end of the file if there is not already one present You can also adjust this option on a per language basis by adding custom language preferences See Languages Preferences on page 186 Chapter 10 Preferences Strip trailing whitespace When this option is on TextWrangler will trim all trailing non vertical whitespace from the document file before writing it out You can also adjust this option on a per language basis by adding custom language preferences See Languages Preferences on page 186 Backups These options control whether TextWrangler should make backup copies of edited files and the manner in which it does so Make backup before saving Turn this option on to have TextWrangler automatically m
88. to TextWrangler 226 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bcChlpsuvVw resume e lt encoding name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options The twdiff Command Line Tool You can use the twdiff command line tool to apply TextWrangler s Find Differences command to a pair of files or folders specified on the Unix command line To invoke the Find Differences command from the command line type twdiff oldfile newfile or twdiff oldfolder newfolder where oldfile and newfile are the names of the files or o dfolder and newfolder are the names of the folders to be compared You can also specify options for how the Find Differences command will be applied which correspond to those available in the dialog The complete command line syntax for the twdiff tool is twdiff lt options gt OLDFILE NEWFILE OLDFOLDER NEWFOLDER See the twdiff tool s man page man twdiff for a complete description of the available switches and options Invoking twdiff as an External Helper When using twdiff as an external diff helper for any other program e g Subversion you should invoke it with the wait option The twfind Command Line Tool You can u
89. to your data that plain text searches simply cannot For example suppose you have a list of people s names that you want to alphabetize If the names appear last name first you can easily put these names in a TextWrangler window and use the Sort tool But if the list is arranged first name first a simple grep pattern can be used to put the names in the proper order for sorting A grep pattern also known as a regular expression describes the text that you are looking for For instance a pattern can describe words that begin with C and end in 1 A pattern like this would match Call Cornwall and Criminal as well as hundreds of other words In fact you have probably already used pattern searching without realizing it The Find window s Case sensitive and Entire word options turn on special searching patterns Suppose that you are looking for corn With the Case sensitive option turned off you are actually looking for a pattern that says look for a C or c O oro R orr and N orn With the Entire word option on you are looking for the string corn only if it is surrounded by white space or punctuation characters special search characters called metacharacters are added to the search string you specified to indicate this What makes pattern searching counterintuitive at first is how you describe the pattern Consider the first example above where we want to search for text that beg
90. two characters 8 and 1 otherwise Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In Character Classes Modifier Effect OCTAL Inside a character class a backslash followed by up to three octal digits generates a single byte character reference from the least significant eight bits of the value Thus the character class 7 will match a single byte with octal value 7 equivalent to x07 8 will match a literal 8 character In Replacement Patterns Modifier Effect WNN If more than two decimal digits follow the backslash only the first two are considered part of the backreference Thus 111 would be interpreted as the 11th backreference followed by a literal 1 You may use a leading zero for example if in your replacement pattern you want the first backreference followed by a literal 1 you can use 011 If you use 11 you will get the 11th backreference even if it is empty WN If two decimal digits follow the backslash which taken together represent the value N and if there is an Nth captured substring then all three characters are replaced with that substring If there is not an Nth captured substring all three characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string V If there is only a single digit N following the backslash and there is an Nth captured substring both characters are repla
91. two characters on either side of the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the beginning of a line or document this command transposes the two characters following the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the end of a line or document this command transposes the two characters before the insertion point e If there is a selection this command transposes the characters at either end of the selection If you hold down the Option key as you choose this command Exchange Characters becomes Exchange Words Exchange Words behaves like Exchange Characters except that it acts on entire words rather than individual characters Change Case This command lets you change between uppercase and lowercase characters or capitalize word line or sentence starts When you choose the Change Case command the following sheet appears Change case ALL UPPER CASE Capitalize Words all lower case Capitalize sentences Capitalize lines Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note The radio buttons let you choose how to change the case of the text The following table explains the function of each option in this dialog The radio buttons let you choose how to This button Changes the text like this ALL UPPER CASE Every character changes to uppercase all lower case Every character changes to lowercase Capitalize Words The first character of every word changes to uppercase all other characters change to low
92. use for a particular file The primary way to activate syntax coloring in a document is simply to save it with a file name extension that indicates what programming or markup language the file contains For example if you save your file with html at the end of the file name TextWrangler will color your HTML tags and anchors Some other common suffixes are text for Markdown files py for Python files and rb for Ruby files Text Options 87 For any file whose name does not have an extension or whose name has an extension that does not match any of the mappings in TextWrangler s Languages preference panel TextWrangler will attempt to guess what language the file contains and apply the appropriate syntax coloring If TextWrangler guesses wrong or is unable to guess you can resort to the Language submenu of the Text Options popup menu in the toolbar or the Language popup menu in the Text Options sheet which gives you the ability to manually select any installed language to be applied to the document regardless of its name If you then save the file your manual language selection will persist and override any suffix mapping By default TextWrangler recognizes over 20 different languages and several dozen suffix mappings You can add new suffixes to map to existing languages or by installing third party language plug ins add syntax coloring support for new languages as well All the specific languages that TextWrang
93. using one of these methods the next Cut Copy or Paste command will use the clipboard you chose Subsequent Cut or Copy commands will advance to the next clipboard Paste never advances automatically Holding down the Shift key changes the Paste command to Paste Previous Clipboard or you can use the key equivalent Command Shift V This command replaces the pasted text with the contents of the previous clipboard The previous clipboard becomes current and will be used for any further paste operations repeated applications of the command cycle backward through the available clipboards Drag and Drop Another way to move text from one place to another is by drag and drop If you drag and drop text from one window to another TextWrangler copies the text to the target window without removing it from the original window In addition you can drag and drop an item from the Finder onto an editing window in TextWrangler If the item is a text file the file s contents are inserted If the item is a folder a listing of the item s contents is inserted If you hold down the Command key while dragging a folder the path of the item is inserted instead Basic Editing 61 62 Multiple Undo TextWrangler provides the ability to undo multiple edits one action at a time The number of edits that may be undone is limited only by available memory The practical limitation is determined by the extent of the edits and the amount of free memor
94. will not load any such items present in the Plug Ins application support folder If you used any third party commercial plug in please contact its developer for information on alternative solutions Plug In Obsolescence 237 238 Chapter 13 Language Modules APPENDIX Command Reference This appendix provides a quick reference for key assignments and a comprehensive list of the commands that are available from TextWrangler s user interface In this appendix Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands cee ccc eeee ec eee ee eeeeeeeees 239 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands ccceeeccceecccececceeecece 240 Available Key Combinations 240 Listing by Menu and Command Name cc ceeec ec eee ec eeeeeeeees 241 Listing by Default Key Equivalent ec cee cee cee cee cee cece ene 246 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWrangler s commands have pre defined keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler also lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu command script or text filter to suit your own way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command you can use the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel See Assigning Keys to Menu Commands on the following page Many other TextWrangler features can have keyboard shortcuts assigned as well Here s how to set them Feature Set Keys in Menu commands Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Text filters Menus amp Short
95. will pass either the selected text if any or the contents of the entire document on STDIN to Unix executables and filters and as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point in AppleScripts If an AppleScript script does not have a RunFromTextWrangler entry point TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range AppleScript scripts should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selection range while Unix filters should write to STDOUT If you are upgrading from TextWrangler 4 x or older TextWrangler 5 will copy all of your existing Unix filters into this folder the first time you launch it Superseded App Support Folders TextWrangler no longer uses the Text Factories or Unix Support folders though these folders may exist if they were created by a version prior to 4 0 Instead the first time you launch TextWrangler 5 it will copy all existing Unix scripts into the Scripts folder and all existing Unix filters into the Text Filters folder TextWrangler s Application Support Folder 31 Upgrading Preference Files and Folders When you start up TextWrangler it may create the files and folders noted in this section TextWrangler Preferences File All of TextWrangler s basic preference settings are stored in the file Users lt username gt Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler plist which is created and maintained using standard s
96. window by default If this script has an associated disk file TextWrangler will automatically set the current working directory to the directory containing the script file and any output from the script on STDOUT will be displayed in TextWrangler s Unix Script Output window By default errors for Perl and Python scripts are displayed in an error browser while errors for other languages will be written into a new document Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 231 Run with Options Displays the Run a Script sheet which allows you to set options before running the script in the frontmost window Output to Output options Unix Script Output Clear before writing New document Save after writing untitled text 49 log Cancel Run Output to Choose to display output in a new document to direct it to the Unix Output file or to write it to an equivalently named log file script name log in TextWrangler s Logs folder Library Logs TextWrangler Output Options Mark these checkboxes to clear the output file before writing and to save it after writing respectively Run in Terminal This command will run the script in a new Terminal window regardless of the settings in the Run a Script dialog Run in Debugger Runs the script in the interpreter s debugger regardless of whether the Use Debugger option is set for the Run command also any output options set in the Run command will be ignored
97. with AppleScript The Escape Issue AppleScript uses the backslash character as an escape character You can use r to indicate a carriage return or t to indicate a tab character More importantly you can use or to include a quote mark or apostrophe in a string that is delimited by quotes or apostrophes If you want to specify a literal backslash you must write i e a pair of backslashes That s not all that confusing until you start writing AppleScripts that call on TextWrangler s powerful grep searching capability TextWrangler also uses the backslash as an escape character If you want to search for an actual backslash in a document you have to tell TextWrangler to search for However if you do that in AppleScript you must keep in mind that AppleScript will first interpret the backslashes before passing them to TextWrangler To pass one backslash to TextWrangler from AppleScript you must write two in AppleScript So to tell TextWrangler to search for a single literal backslash from an AppleScript you must write no fewer than four backslashes in the script Each pair of backslashes is interpreted as a single backslash by AppleScript which then passes two backslashes to TextWrangler And TextWrangler interprets those two backslashes as a single one for search purposes This proliferation of backslashes can make your scripts look a bit like a blown over picket fence The Every Item Issue When writing a script that loops
98. written for use with such older versions of TextWrangler may no longer work Please see Chapters 12 and 13 for more details and tips on modifying your existing AppleScripts and Unix filters amp scripts Setup TextWrangler will automatically create this folder if it does not exist The Setup folder contains configuration data which previous versions stored in either the preferences file proper or in the com barebones textwrangler preferenceData preference folder including stored file filters FTP SFTP bookmarks grep patterns and key bindings The Setup folder may contain any or all of the following data files TextWrangler s Application Support Folder 29 Upgrading Note Upgrading File Filters filefilters TextWrangler stores all user defined file filter patterns in this file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Filters panel of the Settings window to add modify or remove stored grep patterns FTP Bookmarks xml TextWrangler stores user defined FTP and SFTP bookmarks in this file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Bookmarks panel of the Settings window to add modify or remove bookmarks Grep Patterns xml TextWrangler stores user defined search patterns in this XML file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Patterns panel of the Settings window to add
99. you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary Also keep mind that the pattern will only be tested against a single line at a time So if the pattern matches one or more sets of multiple lines within in the document but does not match any individual lines TextWrangler will not sort the contents of the document Process Duplicate Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to locate duplicate lines within a body of text and operates on them in various ways O Leaving one Matching all Numbers match by value Duplicates to clipboard Ignore leading white space Duplicates to new document Case sensitive Delete duplicate lines Unique lines to clipboard Unique lines to new document Match using pattern Searching pattern A d 7 sz Entire match All sub patterns 1 2 99 O Specific sub patterns M The Matching All option processes all duplicate lines Leaving One ignores the first of each set of duplicate lines and processes only the additional ones The Numbers Match by Value and Ignore Leading White Space options allow you to choose whether strings of digits should be evaluated numerically or compared as strings and whether white space at the beginnings of lines should be considered The Match Using Pattern option allows you to use a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be processed You can enter a pattern in the Searching Pattern field or choose a stored pattern from the
100. your document for the indicated text Case Sensitive When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as different letters Otherwise TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as if they were the same Entire Word When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler matches the search string only if it is surrounded in the document text by word break characters white space or punctuation Otherwise TextWrangler matches the search string anywhere in the text Grep When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats the search and replace strings as grep patterns Otherwise TextWrangler searches the document for text that matches the search string as it appears literally and will replace any matched text with the replace string To learn more about pattern searching see Searching with Grep on page 137 Selected Text Only When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler searches only the selected text Otherwise TextWrangler searches the entire document Wrap Around When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler continues searching from the beginning of the document if a match is not found or from the end of the document if searching backwards Otherwise TextWrangler stops searching when it reaches the end or the beginning if searching backwards of the file Special Characters You can use the following special characters to search for line breaks and other non printing characters as well as
101. 190 Global Colors 191 Text Encodings Preferences 0000s eee cece teens 191 Default text encoding for new documents 192 If file s encoding can t be guessed try 192 Text Files Preferences gt 2 a i edo east ee bene Ca beds 192 Line breaks 192 Ensure file ends with line break 192 Strip trailing whitespace 193 Backups 193 Expert preferences settings 00 0 cece eee eens 194 The Setup Window rese raie cet eek ate ee a he See ES 194 Bookmarks 194 Filters 194 Patterns 195 Scripting TextWrangler 197 AppleScript Overview 0 cece eee eee tee ee eee 197 About AppleScript 198 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 198 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 199 Recordable Applications 204 Saving Scripts 205 Using Scripts with Applications 205 Scripting Resources 206 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 2 00 0 ce eee eee 207 Recording Actions within TextWrangler 207 The Scripts Menu 208 The Scripts Palette 209 Organizing Scripts 209 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 210 Attaching Scripts to Events 211 Filtering Text with AppleScripts 215 TextWrangler s Scripting Model 00 0 c eee eee eee 216 Script Compatibility 216 Getting and Setting Properties 218 Performing Actions 219 Arranging Documents and Windows 222 Common AppleScript Pitfalls 224 Table of Contents 15 C
102. 2 0 was unable to search text that contained null characters ASCII value zero but this limitation has since been removed Here s one way to match a null x 0 Backreferences The following charts explain the rules TextWrangler uses for determining backreferences In Search Patterns Modifier Effect O A backslash followed by a zero is an octal character reference Up to two further octal characters are read Thus 040 will match a space character and 07 will match the ASCII BEL x07 but 08 will match an ASCII null followed by the digit 8 because octal characters only range from 0 7 1 9 A backslash followed by a single decimal digit from 1 to 9 is always a backreference to the Nth captured subpattern 10 99 A backslash followed by two decimal digits which taken together form the integer N ranging from 10 to 99 isa backreference to the Nth captured subpattern if there exist N capturing sets of parentheses in the pattern If there are fewer than N captured subpatterns the grep engine will instead look for up to three octal digits following the backslash Any subsequent digits stand for themselves So in a search pattern 11 is a backreference if there are 11 or more sets of capturing parentheses in the pattern If not it matches a tab 011 always matches a tab 81 is a backreference if there are 81 or more captured subpatterns but matches an ASCII null followed by the
103. 4 function navigation see function popup 66 function popup 66 G Go To Center Line command 134 Go To Line command 84 134 gremlins 110 grep 120 alternation 148 backreferences 156 character classes 142 comments 159 complex patterns 146 conditional subpatterns 163 entire matched pattern 150 escape codes 139 143 examples 153 excluding characters 142 longest match issue 148 lookahead assertions 162 lookbehind assertions 162 marking a mail digest 155 marking structured text 154 matching delimited strings 154 matching nulls 156 matching white space 153 matching words and identifiers 153 named backreferences 147 named subpattern 146 non capturing parentheses 158 non printing characters 143 non repeating subpatterns 164 numbered backreferences 147 once only subpatterns 164 pattern modifiers 160 positional assertions 161 POSIX character classes 157 quantifiers 145 ranges 142 rearranging name lists 155 recursive patterns 166 repetition 145 replacement patterns 150 replacing with subpatterns 151 setting markers with 99 subpatterns 146 150 wildcards 140 Grep Patterns xml 30 gzip compressed files 44 H Hard Wrap command 89 91 hard wrapping 88 90 105 headers 58 hex escapes 121 143 hexadecimal 111 hidden files on FTP servers 52 Highlight Insertion Point 191 highlighting of text 60 Home key 84 human interface 21 I incremental search see Live Search 130 indenting 105 input Unix filter 233 inserting fi
104. 4 5 or later and then install and launch BBEdit 11 for the first time i e with no existing preferences BBEdit will look for any existing TextWrangler preferences and import those instead of using its own factory defaults In addition if a TextWrangler preference data folder exists at Users lt username gt Library TextWrangler which is the default for TextWrangler 4 5 and later then BBEdit will copy that folder to Users lt username gt Library BBEdit Finally if a TextWrangler application support folder exists at Users lt username gt Library Application Support TextWrangler BBEdit will copy this folder to Users lt username gt Library Application Support BBEdit TextWrangler s Application Support Folder TextWrangler s application support folder contains items which define or extend TextWrangler s capabilities such as clippings sets language modules scripts and more These items are organized into subfolders according to their purpose described below TextWrangler s application support folder must be present in the following location Users lt username gt Library Application Support TextWrangler TextWrangler s Application Support Folder 27 Note IMPORTANT Upgrading If this folder does not exist when TextWrangler starts up TextWrangler will create this folder together with a number of standard subfolders to which you can add any appropriate items None of these fold
105. BBEdit lt p gt File builtwithbbedit html Line 86 lt p gt We amp 8217 ve got a little badge that you can use if you amp 8217 d like to flash File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 87 lt a href http www barebones com products bbedit gt lt img File builtwithbbedit html Line 88 src http www barebones com images BuiltWithBBEdit jpg File builtwithbbedit ntml Line 89 alt Built with BBEdit gt lt a gt lt br gt File builtwithbbedit htm Line 93 amp lt a href http www barebones com products bbedit amp gt File builtwithbbedit htm Line 95 src http www barebones com images BuiltWithBBEdit jpg File builtwithbbedit html ine 96 alt Ruilt with RRFdit border N Rat T File Pathy Users Shared output company builtwithbbedit htm TITLE Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit gt ae vase lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR xhtml1 OTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt 1 2 3 4 lt html xmlns http www w3 org 1999 xhtml xml lang en lang en us gt 5 lt head gt 6 lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt 7 lt title gt Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit lt title gt 8 lt meta name author content gt 9 18 lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt 11 lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen 12 lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint
106. Command Line Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more TextWrangler provides robust integration with numerous Unix scripting environments including Perl Python Ruby and shell scripts Using Unix Scripts TextWrangler works directly with the native Perl Python and Ruby environments provided by Mac OS X and supports similar integration with shell scripts and any other Unix scripting language TextWrangler s Unix scripting features are accessed via the Shebang menu Why Shebang Because executable Unix scripts traditionally start with the two character sequence Some people pronounce these two characters hash bang others say sharp bang but the most common pronunciation is simply shebang The shebang line is the first line of the script and includes a Unix style path to the interpreter for the language for example usr bin per or usr local bin python While TextWrangler does not entirely depend upon the accuracy of the shebang line if your script file has an accurate language mapping it is always a good practice and sometimes necessary to specify the full path to the executable in the shebang line Language Resources Perl is an acronym for Practical Extraction and Report Language or alternatively Pathologically Eclectic Rubbish Lister and was developed by Larry Wall If you are interested in learning Perl the quintessential Perl refer
107. Command Name Ctl Up arrow Ctl Dn arrow Ctl Shift Delete Cmd A Cmd Shift A Cmd L Cmd Opt L Ctl Shift Up arrow Ctl Shift Dn arrow see next page submenu Ctl Ctl Cmd Opt Cmd Ctl Cmd Shift 241 242 File gt New Text Document Cmd N with selection with Clipboard Text Window Disk Browser FTP SFTP Browser Cmd Shift N Cmd Opt N Edit gt Insert File Contents File Folder Paths Folder Listing Page Break Short Time Stamp Full Time Stamp Emacs Variable Block Edit gt Copy Path Copy Path Copy Full Path Copy URL Copy Name Appendix A Command Reference Text Apply Text Filter submenu Apply Text Filter lt last filter gt Exchange Characters Exchange Words Opt Change Case Change Case submenu Shift Left Cmd Shift Left One Space Cmd Shift Shift Right Cmd Shift Right One Space Cmd Shift Un Comment Selection Cmd Hard Wrap Cmd Hard Wrap Cmd Opt Add Line Breaks Remove Line Breaks Educate Quotes Straighten Quotes Add Remove Line Numbers Add Remove Line Opt Numbers Prefix Suffix Lines Prefix Suffix Lines Opt Sort Lines Sort Lines Opt Process Duplicate Lines Process Duplicate Lines Opt Process Lines Containing Process Lines Containing Opt Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes Zap Gremlins Zap Gremlins Opt Entab Entab Opt Detab Detab Opt Normaliz
108. Copy to New Document option opens a new untitled document containing copies of all lines matching the search pattern whether or not they are deleted from the original window By using this option and turning Copy to Clipboard off you can collect all matching lines without affecting the previous contents of the clipboard The Report Results option causes TextWrangler to display a dialog reporting the total number of lines matched regardless of their final disposition With all of the other options turned off this can be useful for pretesting the extent of a search operation without affecting the clipboard or the contents of the original window Increase and Decrease Quote Level These commands respectively insert or delete a standard Internet quote character gt from each line of the selected hard wrapped text or for the current line if there is no selection Strip Quotes This command removes all Internet style quoting from the selected hard wrapped text or from the current line if there is no selection Zap Gremlins This command displays a sheet which allows you to remove or replace various non printing characters often known as gremlins Use this command when you have a file that may contain extraneous control characters or any non ASCII characters which you wish to identify or remove Search for Non ASCll characters Control characters Null ASCII 0 characters and then Delete o Replace with character Rep
109. Data Search for Replace Result 4 2 d d 2 1 2 4 1234 5829 d d 1 1 123441234 2152 B C d 4 t JB C 1 A D 2152 A D 1 234 56 0 1 dollars and 1 234 dollars 9 d 2 cents and 56 cents 4 296 459 19 0 1 dollars and 4 296 459 9 d 2 cents dollars and 19 cents 3 5 6 4 00000 0 1 dollars and 3 5 6 4 dollars 9 d 2 cents eugopees cents Case Transformations Replace patterns can also change the case of the original text when using subpattern replacements The syntax is similar to Perl s specifically Modifier Effect u Make the next character uppercase U Make all following characters uppercase until reaching another case specifier u L l or E l Make the next character lowercase L Make all following characters lowercase until reaching another case specifier u U I or E E End case transformation opened by U or L Here are some examples to illustrate how case transformations can be used Given some text mumbo jumbo and the search pattern w W w the following replace patterns will produce the following output U 1L E 2 3 MUMBO jumbo u 1 2 u 3 Mumbo Jumbo Note that case transformations also affect literal strings in the replace pattern U 1 2fred MUMBO FRED LMUMBLE 2 3 mUMBLE j umbo Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Finally note that E is not necessary to close off a modifier if another m
110. Display Use typographer s quotes Line numbers Auto expand tabs Gutter Soft wrap text Tool bar to page guide Navigation bar Page guide 80 Tab stops Language none Show invisibles Show spaces Cancel ED You can also change many of these options using the commands in the Text Display submenu of the View menu Text Options Changes you make in the Text Options sheet affect only the active document or window To set options which will apply to all text windows you open use the Editor Defaults and Appearance preference panels Editing Options These options control the way TextWrangler behaves as you type text in the active document window Changes you make here affect only that document To change the default editing options for documents that you will open in the future use the Editor Defaults preference panel Use typographer s quotes When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically replaces straight quotes with typographer s quotes lt in the current document If you need to type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a typographer s quote when the option is not selected hold down the Control key as you type the or key Note We recommend against using this option if you are editing HTML content email content or program code Auto expand tabs When this option is selected TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces when you press Tab rather than inserting
111. Document s Folder If a text document is active in the front window and that document is associated with a file on disk this command will be enabled and selecting it will open the Multi File Search window with the search source pre set to the parent folder of the document s file and that folder s name and path will appear in this command s menu name Search in Disk or Results Browser If the frontmost window is an editing window this command s name will reflect the name of the current document s parent folder if any If the frontmost window is a disk browser or results browser this command s name will reflect the name of the directory currently visible in the disk browser or the name of the results browser window Choosing this command will open the Multi File Search window with the described target the current document s parent folder or the selected directory set as the search source If the Multi File Search window is frontmost this command will target the disk browser or results browser which is closest to the front Z order This command is also available in the Action gear menu of disk browsers Live Search Opens the Live Search bar You can use this feature to interactively search for text strings as described in the previous section Find Next Previous Searches the current document for the next occurrence of the search string Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence
112. Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Use Typographer s Quotes Auto Expand Tabs Navigation Bar Open Files Menu Open Function Menu Open Includes Menu Open Marker Menu Markers Set Marker Set Marker Clear Markers Clear All Markers Find amp Mark All Find amp Mark All Status Bar Open Language Menu Open Text Encodings Menu Open Breaks Menu Line Breaks Classic Mac CR Unix LF Windows CRLF Miscellaneous Commands Zoom Window Zoom All Windows Zoom Window Full Screen Zoom All Windows Full Screen Open URL in window popup menu in window Ctl Opt F Ctl Opt N Ctl Opt I Ctl Opt M popup menu Opt Opt Opt in window Ctl Opt B popup menu Cmd click within any URL Listing by Menu and Command Name 245 246 Listing by Default Key Equivalent Key Command Cmd 0O View Show Hide Files Cmd A Edit Select All Cmd B Text Balance Cmd C Edit Copy Cmd D File Open Selection or File Open File by Name Cmd E Search Use Selection for Find Cmd F Search Find Cmd G Search Find Next Cmd H TextWrangler Hide TextWrangler Cmd J Go Line Number Cmd L Edit Select Line Cmd N File New Text Document Cmd O File Open Cmd P File Print Cmd Q TextWrangler Quit TextWrangler Cmd S File Save Cmd T View Text Displ
113. N Navigation Bar Open Function Menu Ctl Shift Delete Edit Delete Line Ctl Shift Dn arrow Edit Select Dow n Ctl Shift Up arrow Edit Select Up Listing by Default Key Equivalent 249 250 Appendix A Command Reference APPENDIX Editing Shortcuts In TextWrangler you can perform many editing functions including word selection or deletion directly from the keyboard Chapter 4 contains complete details on TextWrangler s text editing features This appendix provides a quick reference to available keyboard and mouse shortcuts for word selection and deletion In this appendix Mouse Commands cece ce cece cece cece eee eee e reece eeeeereees 251 Arrow and Delete Keys 00 ccc cc cece cece ect e eect eee e eens A EENES 252 Emacs K ysBindings oors ccs o ce2e edie e eae wiles 8 se oie Sees es a8 Sw ne 253 Using universal argument 254 Mouse Commands No Modifier Shift Click move insertion extend selection point Double select word extend selection to click word Triple click select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu Holding down the Command or Option keys as you click or double click triggers special actions Command Option Command Option Click none Open URL none Double none none find next click instance of the selected text 251 Arrow and Del
114. Open Recent Reopen Using Encoding Close Window Close All Windows Close Document Close All Documents Close amp Delete Save Save All Save AS Save a Copy Save to FTP SFTP Server Save a Copy to FTP Server Revert Reload from Disk Export Hex Dump File Hex Dump Front Document Page Setup Cmd not in Mac App Store version not in Mac App Store version submenu Cmd H Cmd Opt H Cmd Q see next page submenu Cmd O Cmd Ctl O Cmd D Cmd Opt D Cmd Opt uparrow submenu submenu Cmd Shift W Cmd Opt W Cmd W Cmd Opt Shift W Cmd S Cmd Opt S Cmd Shift S Cmd Ctl S Cmd Opt Ctl S Print Print All Print One Copy Print Selection Edit Undo lt action gt Redo lt action gt Clear Undo History Cut Cut amp Append Copy Copy amp Append Paste Paste amp Select Paste Previous Clipboard Paste Column Clear New Line Before Paragraph Cmd P Cmd Opt P Cmd Shift Opt P Cmd Z Cmd Shift Z Cmd Ctl Z Cmd X Cmd Shift X Cmd C Cmd Shift C Cmd V Cmd Opt V Cmd Shift V Cmd Ctl V Cmd Shift Return New Line After Paragraph Cmd Return Move Line Up Move Line Down Delete Line Select All Select None Select Line Select Paragraph Select Up Select Down Insert Copy Path Show Clipboard Previous Clipboard Next Clipboard Text Options Document Options Printing Options Normalize Options Special Characters Listing by Menu and
115. P Browser Opens a new FTP SFTP browser see later in this chapter for more information You can also create a new text document by selecting text in any application which supports the system Services menu and choosing the New Window with Selection command in the Text section of the Services submenu TextWrangler will open a new text window containing a copy of the selected text Creating and Saving Documents 35 When you want to save a new text document 1 Choose the Save or Save As command from the File menu TextWrangler opens a standard Save sheet Save As tintitied text txt sic Tags Where 13 Documents Line breaks Unix LF UU Encoding Unicode UTF 8 2 Give the file a name 3 Change the automatically provided filename extension if necessary TextWrangler will automatically provide a filename extension based on the current document s language type 4 Change any desired options see below 5 Click Save to save the file You can also create a new document from the selected text in any open window with TextWrangler s contextual menu Simply Control click the selected text and choose New with selection or Save Selection from the menu that appears Depending on which command you choose TextWrangler will either create a new editing window containing the selected text or display the Save dialog and allow you to create a new file containing the selected text The new file will use the same options
116. S 0 9 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed by one or more 4 296 459 1 digits and commas 9 followed by a period then 3 5 6 4 0000 zero or more digits 0 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns What if we wanted to match a series of digits followed by a plus sign followed by the exact same series of digits as on the left side of the plus In other words we want to match 1234 1234 or 7 7 but not 5432 1984 Using grouping parentheses you can do this by referring to a backreference also known as a captured subpattern There are two kinds of backreferences numbered backreferences and named backreferences You can use both types of backreference within the same grep pattern Each subpattern within the complete pattern is numbered from left to right starting with the opening parenthesis Later in the pattern you can refer to the text matched within any of these subpatterns by using a backslash followed by the number of that subpattern this is a numbered backreference Unlike numbered backreferences which are automatically identified from the pattern named backreferences are only available after you define them Pattern Matches NI N2 Any the text of the nth subpattern in the entire 99 search pattern P NAME the text of the subpattern NAME Names may include alphanumeric characters and underscores and must be unique within a pattern Writing Search Patterns 147 IMPORTANT H
117. S oae Ss RE igs gw EE E KEA E seems E AEE E 85 Editing Options 86 Text OPtlonss ais Ea A EEE E EE EE AEA d EAEN A ANETE a 85 Editing Options 86 Display Options 86 How TextWrangler Wraps Text cece cece ccc cece cece eee eeeeeeeeees 88 Soft Wrapping 89 Hard Wrapping 90 The Insert Submenu 00 cece cece c eee c reece eee eeeen erases eeeene 93 Inserting File Contents 93 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 93 Inserting a Folder Listing 93 Inserting a Page Break 93 Comparing Text Files 94 Comparing Text Files ccc cece cece cece cece eee reece tense O Ea 94 Compare Against Disk File 96 Multi File Compare Options 97 Using Markers ss rasi ssa ie EOE EER EEEa weve EE O ERVE Ke Aera ol bua RA EES 98 Setting Markers 99 Clearing Markers 99 Using Grep to Set Markers 99 Spell Checking Documents ccc cece ccc cece cece eee eee ee eenseeee 100 Check Spelling As You Type 100 Manual Spell Checking 101 The Spelling Panel 101 59 Basic Editing TextWrangler behaves like most Macintosh word processors and text editors Characters that you type in an active window appear at the insertion point a vertical blinking bar You can click and drag the mouse to select several characters or words and the selected text is highlighted using the system highlight color which you can set in the Appearance panel of the System Preferences eee 5 untitled text
118. Spaces Unless otherwise noted these application specific keys are all Boolean flags 38 Chapter 3 Working with Files Emacs Local Variables Emacs the popular Unix text editor supports a convention in which you can define Emacs specific settings in a block of text near the end of the file or in the first line of the file This convention helps maintain consistency when sharing files among a group of people or across multiple systems For general information on Emacs variables please see the GNU Emacs manual http www gnu org software emacs manual html_node emacs Specifying File Variables html TextWrangler will read and honor the coding tab width and x counterpart variables in any file which contains an Emacs variable block and adjusts the value of the coding variable if you change the document s encoding by using the Encoding popup Ifa file contains an Emacs variable block or line having a mode variable TextWrangler will attempt to match the mode name against all currently recognized languages before attempting to match the file name suffix or guess based on the file s contents You may add an Emacs variable block or lines to any document either directly or by selecting the Emacs Variable Block command from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu Here is an example variable block from a plain text file Local Variables coding ISO 8859 1 tab width 8 End You may also add the Te
119. TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a compiled AppleScript in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a folder alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them 30 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Upgrading Upgrading Upgrading Upgrading You should move or copy any file or application aliases that you wish to preserve If you have any AppleScripts startup items please see the preceding upgrade note for the Scripts folder about script compatibility Stationery This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Stationery folder contains stationery files for use with TextWrangler s New with Stationery command and the Stationery List palette Stationery files may be placed within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them You can hide or show all items included from the global folder by using the menu item Hide Show Library Stationery You should move or copy over any stationery documents that you wish to preserve Text Filters This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Text Filters folder can contain compiled AppleScripts and or Unix filters which you may apply to the frontmost document via the Apply Text Filter command in the Text menu When you apply such an item TextWrangler
120. The latter ensures that changes to the global preferences are never inappropriately overridden by stored display options derived from prior global or default preference settings For example say TextWrangler is currently configured to use Courier as its default display font and you open or create save and close a document which uses that font If you then change TextWrangler s default display font to Menlo before reopening that document the document will display in Menlo The above example uses the display font option for illustration but the same principle applies to any document display option which derives from TextWrangler s global preferences Creating and Saving Documents EditorConfig TextWrangler now supports the EditorConfig settings file convention You can learn more about this convention at the EditorConfig project website http www editorconfig org TextWrangler supports most but not all of the core EditorConfig properties listed here https github com editorconfig editorconfig wiki EditorConfig Properties except that the end_of_line and max_line length properties are not supported In addition to the core EditorConfig properties BBEdit and TextWrangler jointly support a number of application specific additions First they support the following keys which originated as Emacs variables e coding similar to charset but allows you to specify any IANA character set name
121. Unix Scripts 229 Language Resources 229 Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps 230 Configuring Perl 231 Configuring Python 231 Configuring Ruby 231 Shebang Menu 231 Filters and Scripts 232 Filters 233 Scripts 234 Additional Notes 234 Configuring TextWrangler The Shebang menu is always available by default to provide you access to TextWrangler s support for running Unix scripts Syntax Coloring Syntax coloring is the practice of drawing keywords and other language elements in colors which differ from the standard text color to add emphasis and improve the readability of your code TextWrangler offers built in syntax coloring support for a wide range of programming languages and other types of structured content You can adjust TextWrangler s default text colors or define color schemes in the Text Colors preference panel or assign a color scheme to a specific language in the Languages preference panel 225 Switching Between Counterpart Files When editing any source file which has a counterpart header you can press the Counterpart button in the navigation bar or type Control Option up arrow to switch to its counterpart file or vice versa TextWrangler uses the suffix mapping options in the Languages preference panel to determine whether a particular file is a source or header file TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line This section describes TextWrangler
122. User Manual TextWrangler THE Text Editor for Anyone who Types Bare Bones Software Inc TextWrangler 5 0 Product Design Product Engineering Documentation Additional Engineering Icon Design Factory Text Color Schemes PHP keyword lists Info ZIP LibNcFTP NSTimer Blocks PCRE Library Package Quicksilver string ranking Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Jim Correia Steve Kalkwarf Jim Correia Jon Hueras Steve Kalkwarf Rich Siegel Steve Sisak Philip Borenstein Stephen Chernicoff John Gruber Simon Jester Jeff Mattson Jerry Kindall Caroline Rose Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Seth Dillingham Macrobyte Resources Polaschek Computing Ultra Maroon Design updates by Bryan Bell Luke Andrews contributed by Ted Stresen Reuter http www tedmasterweb com 1990 2009 Info ZIP Used under license 1996 2010 Mike Gleason amp NcFTP Software 2011 Random Ideas LLC Used under license written by Philip Hazel and 1997 2004 University of Cambridge England Adapted from available sources and used under Apache License 2 0 terms TextWrangler and the TextWrangler User Manual are copyright 2003 2015 Bare Bones Software Inc All rights reserved Produced published in USA Bare Bones Software Inc 73 Princeton Street Suite 206 North Chelmsford MA 01863 USA 978 251 0500 main 978 251 0525 fax http www barebones com Sales amp customer service sales barebones com Technical
123. Wrangler 213 Note Likewise to implement all of the attachment points for the Document class you could create a script named Document scpt and put subroutines in it for the document attachment points on documentDidSave do something relevant end documentDidSave on documentWillClose end documentWillClose The third form allows you to write a single all encompassing script which contains subroutines for all of the attachment points in the application To do this name the script TextWrangler scpt and include whatever subroutines you wish to implement For example on applicationShouldQuit hello world return current date as string contains day end applicationShouldQuit on documentWillClose end documentWillClose When figuring out which script to run TextWrangler will first look for a script whose name exactly matches the attachment point e g Document documentShouldSave scpt If there is no such script TextWrangler will then look for a script whose name matches the object class at the attachment point e g Document scpt Finally if there are no scripts with either an exact or a class match TextWrangler will look for an application wide script TextWrangler scpt You do not have to implement attachment subroutines for all attachment points or for all classes only the ones you need If there is no attachment script or subroutine TextWrangler proceeds normally 214 Cha
124. Wrangler opens the Spelling panel Change Find Next Automatic by Language Options Skip All Caps 2 Set spelling options Choose a dictionary to use by selecting it from the Dictionary popup menu Select Skip All Caps to avoid checking words consisting of only capital letters Note that these settings persist across runs of the application 3 Click Find Next to begin checking TextWrangler scans the document and stops at the first misspelled or unrecognized word This word is displayed in the text field to the left of the Correct button Possible corrections for the questioned word are listed in the Guess box above 4 If the questioned word is misspelled choose the correct spelling from the Guess list or type it yourself in the Correct field Spell Checking Documents 101 5 Click one of the Spelling panel s action buttons to handle the questioned word Click Ignore to ignore further instances of the questioned word without adding it to the active dictionary Click Guess to display a list of possible corrections Click Find Next to ignore this instance of the questioned word and continue checking Click Correct to replace this instance of the questioned word with the text in the adjacent text field Click Learn to add the questioned word to the active dictionary Click Forget to remove the questioned word from the active dictionary 102 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler CHAPTER Text Tran
125. Wrangler will go to the last selection you made in the document which was outside the current view an automatic jump mark or the last location you marked with the Set command see Set on the preceding page If the current document does not contain any jump marks this command is disabled Next When you choose this command after navigating to an earlier jump mark TextWrangler will go to the next later jump mark or return to the most recent position of the insertion point If you have not jumped back to a jump mark this command is disabled Set Choose this command to define the current insertion point location or selection range as a manual jump mark within the active document You can navigate to jump marks using the Jump Back and Jump Forward commands Go Menu Reference 135 136 Chapter 7 Searching CHAPTER Searching with Grep This chapter describes the Grep option in TextWrangler s Find command which allows you to find and change text that matches a set of conditions you specify Combined with the multi file search and replace features described in Chapter 7 TextWrangler s grep capabilities can make many editing tasks quicker and easier whether you are modifying Web pages extracting data from a file or just rearranging a phone list In this chapter Most Characters Match Themselves 138 Escaping Special Characters 138 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 140 Character Classes Match Sets or Ra
126. Y yank pop 254 Z Zap Gremlins command 110 262 Index
127. You can control whether TextWrangler should preserve and restore unsaved changes via the Restore unsaved changes option in the Application preference panel existing documents If this option is on TextWrangler will automatically preserve unsaved changes If this option is off TextWrangler will instead prompt you to save each document which has unsaved changes Quitting TextWrangler 47 48 Note An International Text Primer Mac OS X includes extensive support for working with international text including Unicode If you have enabled additional text input methods in the International section of the System Preferences you will see the Input menu on the right hand side of the menu bar This menu allows you to change keyboard layouts or script systems as you work Actually even if you have never used a non Roman script system before you may still have used this menu if you have ever chosen an alternate keyboard layout such as Dvorak or a keyboard layout for a Roman language such as French However since the Roman script is suitable for several languages choosing one of these keyboard layouts still leaves you in the Roman script International Text in TextWrangler As a text editor TextWrangler supports only one font per document window though it can display all available characters in the active font including Unicode characters TextWrangler supports editing in almost any language which uses left to right text input methods
128. a multi file search just select items from the Search In list of the Multi File Search window eo Multi File Search Fina aorar o i 8 Replace All Replace Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in My Files amp Folders Other Saved Search Sets gt Open Editing Windows Options v Open Text Documents lorem_paras html Users pwoolsey Desktop Save Set untitled text 3 Recent Folders Filter none 2 Open Text Documents You can choose multiple sources for a multi file search and you can mix different types of sources Available sources include e specified individual files e the files in any selected or recently searched folder open text documents e the files listed in any search results browser or compile errors browser e the files and folders contained within any Zip archives e any Smart Folders which you have saved in the Finder TextWrangler will automatically list any such items present in the Saved Searches folder for your login account 124 Chapter 7 Searching Note To add a file folder or other suitable item to the Search In list click Other in the Multi File Search window and choose the item using the resulting selection sheet You can select multiple items to be added To designate any item in the list as a search source click on the box next to its name or double click on the name to add a checkmark To deselect a search source click the box next to its name
129. ake a backup copy of each file that you save TextWrangler creates a single backup file for each file that you save in the same folder as that file This option is global and backups can no longer be made on a per file basis However you can exclude individual files from being backed up by adding an Emacs variable to them see EditorConfig on page 38 When this option is on and you close a document with unsaved changes and elect to discard those changes Don t Save TextWrangler will automatically save a snapshot of the document s contents in the same directory as the document and the snapshot file s name will follow the Emacs convention foo txt or if the Preserve file name extension see below is on the snapshot s name will be foo txt Keep historical backups When this option is on TextWrangler will preserve backups in the folder Documents TextWrangler Backups and the Preserve File Name option see below will automatically be turned on and locked Within the backup folder will be one folder for each day s backup files The format of the dated folder name is static and non localized YY YY MM DD Inside of each day s backup folder will be all of the backup files made on that day each named using a timestamped format You may change the location of the backup folder by placing a folder alias named TextWrangler Backups in your Documents folder Documents and TextWrang
130. al character code NN for example xOD for CR x NNNN any number of hexadecimal characters NN for example x 0 will match a null x 304F will match a Japanese Unicode character backslash Use r to match a line break in the middle of a pattern and the special characters and described above to anchor a pattern to the beginning of a line or to the end of a line In the case of and the line break character is not included in the match Writing Search Patterns 143 144 Other Special Character Classes TextWrangler uses several other sequences for matching different types or categories of characters Special Character Matches s any whitespace character space tab carriage return line feed form feed s any non whitespace character any character not included by s w any word character a z A Z 0 9 _ and some 8 bit characters w any non word character all characters not included by w including carriage returns d any digit 0 9 D any non digit character including carriage return A word is defined in TextWrangler as any run of non word break characters bounded by word breaks Word characters are generally alphanumeric and some characters whose value is greater than 127 are also considered word characters Note that any character matched by s is by definition not a word character thus anything matched by s will also be matched by W but no
131. angler and not some other program or those that are HTML or Perl documents you can use a file filter To apply a file filter just choose it from the Filters popup menu in the Multi File Search window If none of the available filters meets your needs you can define a new one or create a temporary filter Chapter 7 Searching Note Note New Filter To define a new saved file filter select New from the popup menu TextWrangler will ask you for a filter name and then display the Edit Filter dialog below You can also define new file filters in the Filters panel of the Setup window see page 194 Any Cal dot HTML File name extension Is htm If the Setup window is open any filters you define in the Multi File Search window will not be available in the Filters panel of the Setup window until you close and reopen the Setup window The Edit Filter dialog lets you specify multiple criteria that determine whether a given file is selected by the filter You can choose whether these criteria are exclusive that is whether a file must meet every listed test to be selected or inclusive that is whether a file that meets any of the tests is selected using the Every AND and Any OR radio buttons at the top of the dialog To add a test click the Add button and a new row will appear in the dialog Within each row criterion the left hand popup lets you specify which attribute of a file you wish to test TextWran
132. appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Save All would sort before 01 Close All For names of this form the first three characters are not displayed in the window You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 209 210 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items TextWrangler lets you attach scripts to menu items By this we mean that you can write scripts that TextWrangler automatically calls before or after performing a menu command For example if you want TextWrangler s Open from FTP SFTP Server command to launch your favorite FTP client you can simply attach a script to that menu item Scripts can return a value that tells TextWrangler whether to continue with the command that was selected or to cancel the operation in which case only the script is executed Scripts attached to TextWrangler menu items must be stored in the Menu Scripts folder of TextWrangler s application support folder These files should be compiled scripts not script applications Scripts are named to indicate which menu item they go with first the name of the menu or the submenu upon which the item is immediately
133. apping and Filling Text The Hard Wrap command in the Text menu offers more flexibility for hard wrapping text than the Add Line Breaks command Whereas Add Line Breaks merely freezes the line breaks displayed in a document by inserting carriage returns the Hard Wrap command allows you to wrap text to any arbitrary width while also reflowing or indenting paragraphs If the current document contains a selection range Hard Wrap will affect only the selected text if there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document When you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler opens a sheet in the frontmost document Break lines at 72 characters Paragraph indentation In quote delimiters No indent Remove spaces Standard indent Reverse indent 3 Increase indentation v Paragraph fill v Relative to first line Cancel Rewrap The controls in the left half of the sheet control the maximum width of lines after hard wrapping and whether wrapped lines should be consolidated to fill paragraphs to the specified width The controls in the right half determine how paragraphs should be indented The Break Lines at buttons let you specify the wrapping margin If the text contains Internet style quotes one or more gt characters at the beginning of each line and the Remove spaces option is selected TextWrangler will remove the leading and trailing spaces from each line or if the
134. aracters to match or to ignore A character class is constructed by placing a pair of square brackets around the group or range of characters you wish to include To exclude or ignore all characters specified by a character class add a caret character just after the opening bracket For example Character tch Class Malcnes xyz any one of the characters x y z xyz any character except x y Z a z any character in the range a to z You can use any number of characters or ranges between the brackets Here are some examples Character Class Matches aeiou any vowel aeiou any character that is not a vowel a zA Z0 9 any character from a z A Z or 0 9 aeioud 9 ayy aaar that is neither a vowel nor a igi A character class matches when the search encounters any one of the characters in the pattern However the contents of a set are only treated as separate characters not as words For example if your search pattern is beans and the text in the window is lima beans 66 TextWrangler will report a match at the a of the word lima To include the character in a set or a range place it immediately after the opening bracket To use the character place it anywhere except immediately after the opening bracket To match a dash character hyphen in a range place it at the beginning of the range to match it as part of a set place it at the beginning or end
135. arch pattern Midd ND fee the text matched by the nth subpattern of the 99 entire search pattern P lt NAME gt the text matched by the subpattern NAME TextWrangler will remember up to 99 backreferenced subpatterns Versions prior to 6 5 were limited to 9 subpatterns Using the Entire Matched Pattern The amp character is useful when you want to use the entire matched string as the basis of a replacement Suppose that in your text every instance of product names that begin with the company name ACME needs to end with a trademark symbol The following search pattern finds two word combinations that begin with ACME ACME A Za z The following replacement string adds the trademark symbol to the matched text g Chapter 8 Searching with Grep For example if you start with ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products and perform a replace operation with the above patterns you will get ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products Using Parts of the Matched Pattern While using the entire matched pattern in a replacement string is useful it is often more useful to use only a portion of the matched pattern and to rearrange the parts in the replacement string For example suppose a source file contains C style declarations of this type define Util Menu 284 define Tool Menu 295 and you want to convert them so they look like this Pascal style
136. archived mail folder that you are comparing against a current mail folder mailbox files that appear in both the old and new file will all be listed together however if there have been any changes to the contents of particular mailbox files the changed mailbox files will be listed with bullets next to them If you are comparing very large folders however the list of common items can be extremely long making the flagged items hard to find When you deselect the List Identical Files checkbox TextWrangler will list only the flagged items the ones that have been changed in the list of items that appear in both folders Comparing Text Files 97 98 Note Note Flatten hierarchies Normally TextWrangler retains the hierarchy of the files being compared in a folder In other words when comparing folders it looks in each subfolder of the first folder you select and tries to match it with a file of the same name in the same subfolder of the second folder and so on down for all subfolders If you choose Flatten Hierarchies TextWrangler considers the files in the folders as a single flat list allowing a file in one folder to match a file of the same name in the other folder regardless of whether they are in the same subfolder in both hierarchies Skip folders If this option is set TextWrangler skips subfolders whose names are enclosed in parentheses when comparing folders Only compare text files If this option is set TextWrang
137. as search sources This option allows you to search documents that have not yet been saved to a file or which contain unsaved changes To choose all open documents click the box next to the Open Text Documents item or double click on the item in the list Searching the contents of compressed archives You can control whether TextWrangler should search within the contents of compressed archives bz2 gz and zip via the Search compressed files option in the Multi File Search window s Options sheet When this option is off TextWrangler will skip all bz2 gz and Zip while searching even if they may contain compressed text files Searching the files contained in a results browser Ifa previous multi file search found many files that contain your search string you may want to narrow the search To search the files listed in any results browser window click the box next to that browser s name or double click on its name in the Sources list You can also click the box next to the Results Browsers item or double click on this item to search the files listed in all results browsers Multi File Searching 125 126 Saved Search Sources You can use the Saved Search Sources popup menu to store specific sets of search sources for later reuse To save a set of search sources choose Remember this Set from the popup menu and give the set a name in the resulting dialog To select a saved set of search sources
138. ates scripts to attachment points by means of the script s file name There are three ways to specify a script s role 1 lt ObjectClass gt lt entryPoint gt 2 lt ObjectClass gt 3 lt ApplicationName gt The first form is the most specific the ObjectClass may be either Application or Document while the entryPoint is one of the attachment points described above appropriate to that object class For example a script which implemented only the documentDidSave attachment point should have the name Document documentDidSave scpt and contain a subroutine named documentDidSave thus on documentDidSave do something useful and appropriate end documentDidSave Adding the filename suffix scpt is not mandatory but you should follow the current system conventions suggested when creating scripts with the AppleScript Editor or any other script editor such as Script Debugger The second form allows you to implement all of the attachment points for a single object class in a single script file if desired For example you could create a script named Application scpt containing subroutines for as many of the application attachment points as you wish on applicationDidFinishLaunching do something relevant end applicationDidFinishLaunching on applicationShouldQuit hello world return current date as string contains day end applicationShouldQuit Using AppleScripts in Text
139. attached to some other command it does nothing on menuselect menuName itemName if menuName File and itemName Save then set weHandledCommand to true display dialog Are you sure you want to save buttons No Save default button 2 if button returned of the result is Save then the application should do its work set weHandledCommand to false else we handled the command app does no work postmenuselect doesn t get called display dialog The document was not saved buttons OK default button 1 end if return weHandledCommand end if end menuselect on postmenuselect menuName itemName this is called after the application has processed the command display dialog The document was saved buttons OK default button 1 end postmenuselect Attaching Scripts to Events TextWrangler now offers enhanced script attachability in addition to adding scripts to menu commands you can now attach scripts to certain application and document events To access these events your attachment scripts must contain function names which correspond to the names of the events attachment points Except when otherwise noted all of the following considerations apply e Every function takes a single argument which is a reference to the object in question the application for application entry points or the document being opened closed saved etc for document entry points e Any function associated with an
140. attachment point whose name contains should must return a Boolean result true or false If it returns true the operation will continue If it returns false or throws an error see below then the operation will be cancelled So for example applicationShouldQuit returning true will allow the application to quit returning false will not e If an attachment script causes a scripting error and does not handle it within the script itself TextWrangler will report the error In the case of functions which are used to allow a should action this will prevent the action from occurring Here are the available attachment points Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 211 Application attachment points e applicationDidFinishLaunching called when the application has completed startup e applicationShouldQuit called when you choose the Quit or the application receives a quit event for any other reason e applicationDidQuit called when the application has finished shutting down and is about to exit Document attachment points e documentDidOpen called when a document has been opened and is ready for use Since TextWrangler supports multiple types of documents your script should allow for the argument to be a document of any type e documentShouldClose called when the application is preparing to close a document e documentDidClose called when the application has closed a docum
141. ay Show Hide Fonts Cmd V Edit Paste Cmd W File Close Document Close Window Cmd X Edit Cut Cmd Z Edit Undo Cmd TextWrangler Preferences Cmd Window Cycle Through Windows Cmd Text Find Next Misspelled Word Cmd Text Shift Left Cmd Text Shift Right Cmd Un Comment Selection Cmd Search Replace Appendix A Command Reference Key Cmd Command Text Hard Wrap Cmd left arrow Search Apply to New Cmd right arrow Search Apply to Old Cmd Ctl O File Open from FTP SFTP Server Cmd Ctl S File Save to FTP SFTP Server Cmd Ctl V Edit Paste Column Cmd Ctl Z Edit Clear Undo History Cmd Opt D File Reveal Selection Cmd Opt E Search Use Selection for Replace grep Cmd Opt F Search Live Search Cmd Opt G Search Find All Cmd Opt H TextWrangler Hide Others Cmd Opt L Edit Select Paragraph Cmd Opt N File New Disk Browser Cmd Opt O View Move to New Window Cmd Opt P File Print All Cmd Opt S File Save All Cmd Opt V Edit Paste amp Select Cmd Opt W File Close All Windows Cmd Opt Edit Text Options Cmd Opt Edit Find All Misspelled Words Cmd Opt View Previous Document Cmd Opt View Next Document Cmd Opt Search Replace All Cmd Opt Text Hard Wrap Cmd Opt up arrow File Open Counterpart Listing by Default Key Equivalent 247 Key Command
142. behind assertion is true only if the last character matched by d was also in the character class 13579 If that is true we next try to match is odd if it is not we try to match is even Thus this pattern will match 123 is odd 8 is even and so on but will not match 9 is even or 144 is odd Once Only Subpatterns With both maximizing greedy and minimizing non greedy repetition failure of what follows normally causes the repeated item to be reevaluated to see if a different number of repeats allows the rest of the pattern to match Sometimes it is useful to prevent this either to change the nature of the match or to cause it to fail earlier than it otherwise might when the author of the pattern knows there is no point in carrying on Consider for example the pattern d foo when matching against the text 123456bar Chapter 8 Searching with Grep After matching all 6 digits and then failing to match foo the normal action of the grep engine is to try again with only 5 digits matching the d item and then with 4 and so on before ultimately failing Once only subpatterns provide the means for specifying that once a portion of the pattern has matched it is not to be reevaluated in this way so the matcher would give up immediately on failing to match foo the first time The notation is another kind of special parenthesis starting with gt as in this example
143. ble information about each file s encoding Ifa file does not contain any information about its encoding TextWrangler will use the default encoding set in the Text Encodings Preferences panel Unicode Unicode is an international standard for character encoding which includes an extensive selection of characters from Roman Cyrillic Asian Middle Eastern and various other scripts For more background information or complete details on Unicode the Unicode Consortium web site is the best place to look http www unicode org Chapter 3 Working with Files IMPORTANT TextWrangler fully supports and makes extensive use of Unicode in addition to all other OS supported text encodings In particular TextWrangler internally represents all documents as Unicode regardless of their on disk encoding Saving Unicode Files TextWrangler lets you save documents that use character set encodings other than Mac Roman even multi byte character sets When saving a file you can choose to save text composed in any script with any encoding In addition to the standard character set encodings TextWrangler also lets you save the files in a variety of plain Unicode files e Unicode UTF 8 UTF 8 without a byte order mark e Unicode UTF 8 with BOM UTF 8 with a byte order mark BOM e UTF 16 Little Endian e UTF 16 Little Endian no BOM e UTF 16 UTF 16 no BOM The naming convention TextWrangler follows for UTF 8 documents has changed from
144. bs or spaces between the labels on the left and the data on the right but you have no way of knowing how many spaces or tabs there will be on any given line Here is a character class that means match one or more white space characters t So if you wanted to transform the list above to look like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty Examples 153 154 You would use this search pattern fa z t a z and this replacement pattern 2 2 Matching Delimited Strings In some cases you may want to match all the text that appears between a pair of delimiters One way to do this is to bracket the search pattern with the delimiters like this km This works well if you have only one delimited string on the line But suppose the line looked like this apples oranges kiwis mangos penguins The search string above would match the entire line This is another instance of the longest match behavior of TextWrangler s grep engine which was discussed previously Once again non greedy quantifiers come to the rescue The following pattern will match delimited strings Marking Structured Text Suppose you are reading a long text document that does not have a table of contents but you notice that all the sections are numbered like this 3 2 7 Prehistoric Cartoon Communities 5 19 001 Restaurants of the Mesozoic You can use a grep patte
145. builtwithbbedit htm Line 93 amp lt a href http www barebones com products bbedit amp gt File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 95 src http www barebones com images BuiltWithBBEdit jpg File builtwithbbadit html ine 96 alt Ruilt with RRFdit border 0 Rat T e File Pathy Users Shared output company builtwithbbedit htm TITLE Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit lt x vw v lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtmli transitional dtd gt 1 2 3 4 lt html xmlns http www w3 org 1999 xhtml xml lang en lang en us gt 5 lt head gt 6 lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt 7 lt title gt Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit lt title gt 8 lt meta name author content gt 9 10 lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt The items at the top of the window tell you how many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as whether any error conditions or warnings were generated during the search The list pane lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file and line number To choose whether to display the search errors warnings and results use the checkboxes at the top of the browser To open the file which contains a particular match just click on that match in the results list After you have opened a file you can use the Searc
146. ce the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions in documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The sole exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary including SFX Wiz as part of a self extracting archive that is permitted without inclusion of this license as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled e Altered versions including but not limited to ports to new operating systems existing ports with new graphical interfaces versions with modified or added functionality and dynamic shared or static library versions not from Info ZIP must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source or if binaries compiled from the original source Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info ZIP releases including but not limited to labeling of the altered versions with the names Info ZIP or any variation thereof including but not limited to different capitalizations Pocket UnZip WiZ or MacZip without the explicit permission of Info ZIP Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip Bugs or Info ZIP e mail addresses or the Info ZIP URL s such as to imply Info ZIP will provide support for the altered versions Info ZIP retains the right to use the names Info ZIP Zip UnZip
147. ced with that substring Otherwise both characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string In replacement patterns 0 is a backreference to the entire match exactly equivalent to amp POSIX Style Character Classes TextWrangler now provides support for POSIX style character classes These classes are used in the form CLASS and are only available inside regular character classes in other words inside another set of square brackets Class Meaning alnum letters and digits alpha letters ascii character codes 0 127 blank horizontal whitespace cntrl control characters digit decimal digits same as d graph printing characters excluding spaces Advanced Grep Topics 157 158 Class Meaning lower lower case letters print printing characters including spaces punct punctuation characters space white space same as s upper upper case letters word word characters same as w xdigit hexadecimal digits For example digit is the same as d POSIX style character class names are case sensitive It is easy to forget that POSIX style character classes are only available inside regular character classes The pattern space without enclosing square brackets is just a 66 99 6699 6699 CEIS Coo character class consisting of the characters a c e p and s The name
148. choose that set s name from the pop menu Multi File Search Options Click the Options button to display the search options sheet Text files only Q All file types Search nested folders Skip folders Search invisible folders Cancel Search compressed files Exclude matches To search the contents of all subfolders within the folders you choose select the Search Nested Folders option in the resulting sheet You can also choose to skip any folders whose names are enclosed in parentheses here by selecting the Skip Folders option or whether to search the contents of invisible folders by selecting the Search Invisible Folders option You can also choose to search only text files or to search all file types If you have image files or other non text files in search source folders it may be a good idea to restrict the search to only text files This setting is applied in addition to any file filter see next section and in fact takes effect before the filter To find only files whose contents do not contain the search string select the Exclude Matches option You can further restrict which files from the chosen sources will be searched by applying a file filter See File Filters below for more details File Filters If you do not want to search every file in the set you selected but want to include only those that meet certain criteria such as those created on a certain date or only those created by TextWr
149. clicking the Run button to see it work It might not work correctly If you recorded a search and replace operation changing every cat to dog you already changed the document while recording the script and of course the script will not do anything when you run it Finally save the script in the TextWrangler Scripts folder so that it shows up in TextWrangler s script menu Choose Save As from the File menu and then use the Script Editor s Save dialog to put the script in TextWrangler s Scripts folder Now try selecting it from the script menu in TextWrangler The Scripts Menu The Scripts menu left in TextWrangler s menu bar contains several commands It also lists all AppleScripts as well as text factories and Unix scripts present in the Scripts folder within TextWrangler s application support folder providing a quick way to access frequently used scripts You can place scripts within subfolders up to 4 levels deep of the Scripts folder to organize them AppleScripts written for use in as TextWrangler filters or scripts should be saved as compiled data fork script files not script applications Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler In addition to the list of available scripts the Scripts menu provides the following commands Open Script Editor Choose this item to switch to the system s default AppleScript editor If the script editor is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripting Dictionary
150. control and display elements appear in text windows and in other windows which include text panes Toolbar When any ofthe listed options are on TextWrangler displays the toolbar see page 63 You can also show or hide the toolbar independently in any editing window Text options When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Options popup in the toolbar see page 63 Appearance Preferences 177 178 Document proxy icon When this option is on TextWrangler displays the document proxy icon in the toolbar see page 63 This icon serves as a proxy for the document file you can click it to reveal the current file in the Finder or drag it anywhere the original file can be dragged Navigation Bar When any of the listed options are on TextWrangler displays the navigation bar see page 65 You can also show or hide the navigation bar independently for each text window This option is on by default Document Navigation When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Previous and Next buttons and the Document popup menu in the navigation bar see page 65 Marker menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Marker popup menu in the navigation bar see page 65 Counterpart button When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Counterpart button in the navigation bar see page 65 Included files menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Included Files popup menu in the navigation bar see pag
151. ctly via SFTP SSH File Transfer Protocol In order to access a server via SFTP that server must be running a compatible version of sshd A great many machines including Mac OS X systems for which Remote Login is turned on in the Sharing panel of System Preferences satisfy these criteria Aside from choosing the SFTP checkbox in the Open from Save to dialogs or the FTP SFTP Browser opening and saving files via SFTP works just like it does when using ordinary FTP A file opened via SFTP will appear in the Open Recent submenu with an sftp URL and you can send a get URL event to TextWrangler with an sftp URL as well Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers To directly open files from an FTP or SFTP server choose Open from FTP SFTP Server from the File menu TextWrangler will open an new FTP SFTP Browser window Like other browser windows FTP SFTP browsers will remain open until you close them and once connected they will maintain a persistent connection to the server for as long as they remain open Chapter 3 Working with Files Enter the server s name in the Server field or choose a local server advertised by Bonjour by clicking the popup menu to the right of the Server field specify your user name and password in the appropriate fields and choose the SFTP option if appropriate then click the Connect button or press the Return or Enter keys to connect to the server ee FTP Browser 1
152. cuts preference panel or the Text Filters palette Scripts Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel or the Scripts palette Stationery Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel To display any of TextWrangler s floating palette windows use the Palettes submenu in the Window menu 239 240 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands You can assign your own keyboard shortcuts key equivalents to any of TextWrangler s menu commands as well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks toolbar popup menus by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu to bring up the Preferences window then selecting the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel e Preferences 9 Appearance Application TextWrangler File F L Exiting z Text v O Editor Defaults view Search Go Keyboard a Window es Far Languages Scripts Toolbar Menus amp Shortcuts Navigation Bar Status Bar Ln Printing Side Bar Items i Find Windows pe 220 Text Colors FTP SFTP Browser Miscellaneous p Text Encodings T J Text Files J Menu key equivalents and item visibility gt Apply Text Filter Apply Last Text Filter Exchange Characters Exchange Words Change Case gt Change Case Shift Left Shift Left One Space Shift Right Shift Right One Space Un Comment Selection Hard Wrap Hard Wrap Add Line Breaks Remove Line Breaks Educate Quotes Straighten Quotes Add Remove Line Number
153. d object oriented language with many subtleties For this reason we suggest you consult supplemental documentation and resources if you are a beginning scripter A good place to start is with someone else s script find a script that does almost what you want it to and repurpose it Even if you cannot find a script that does anything close to what you want reading others scripts is a good way to learn how AppleScript thinks and how TextWrangler s particular AppleScript implementation behaves In addition to the basic AppleScript documentation included with the system you may find the following resources useful in your quest to understand scripting Books AppleScript The Definitive Guide Second Edition Matt Neuberg O Reilly and Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 10211 9 Discussion Groups AppleScript Users http www lists apple com applescript users html Official mailing list run by Apple for AppleScript users TextWrangler Talk http groups google com group textwrangler The TextWrangler Talk discussion group is an excellent place to ask TextWrangler specific scripting questions Mac Scripting http listserv dartmouth edu scripts wa exe A0 MACSCRPT Unofficial list covers AppleScript and other Macintosh scripting languages with occasional forays into peripheral topics Web Sites AppleScript The Language of Automation http www macosxautomation com applescript An excellent starting point AppleScript A
154. d or the date that the file was printed Printing Preferences 189 190 Print line numbers When this option is on TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper 1 inch Gutter When this option is on TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually store printed pages in three ring binders Print color syntax If this checkbox is on TextWrangler prints all colorized text within the document in color You should generally use this option only on color printers as colorized text may come out in difficult to read dithered shades of gray on black and white printers Text Colors Preferences The Text Colors preferences let you adjust the default colors that TextWrangler applies to both general and language specific syntax elements as well as various standard elements including the foreground and background text colors spelling errors spaces and invisible characters and highlight colors Selecting and Saving Color Schemes TextWrangler now offers several built in color schemes which you may use as is or as the basis for a custom scheme To save a customized color scheme click the Save Scheme button and name the theme To load a saved color scheme choose it in the Color Scheme popup menu As in prior versions any color scheme you create will be stored in the Color Schemes subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder TextWrangle
155. e that is the Find window TextWrangler s Scripting Model 219 220 When performing a find TextWrangler will return a record describing the results of the search This record contains a Boolean which indicates whether the search was successful a reference to the text matched by the search and the text string matched by the search Given the first example above the results might look like this after reformatting for clarity found true found object characters 55 thru 60 of text window 1 of application TextWrangler found text TextWrangler Scripting Single Replaces To do a single find and replace via AppleScript you can write tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 1 7 with selecting match if found of result then set text of found object of result to Replacement end if end tell When performing a grep search you cannot just replace the matched pattern with a replacement string the grep subsystem needs to compute the substitutions The grep substitution event is provided for this purpose given a preceding successful Grep search it will return the appropriate replacement string So if you perform a grep search the script would look like tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 1 7 options search mode grep if found of result then set text of found object of result to 7 grep substit
156. e 65 Function menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Function popup menu in the navigation bar see page 65 The related options below control how items appear in the menu Sort items by name If this option is on TextWrangler sorts the items in the Function popup menu by name Otherwise items appear in the same order in the menu as they appear in the file This option is off by default Show comment callouts When this option is on TextWrangler will suppress callouts embedded in comments from appearing in the Function popup This option is on by default Show function prototypes When this option is on TextWrangler displays the names of function prototypes as well as function definitions in the Function popup menu Otherwise the menu does not include entries for function prototypes This option is on by default Editing Window These options control additional elements which TextWrangler can display in editing windows Chapter 10 Preferences Tab stops If this option is on TextWrangler displays tab stops as vertical grid lines within the content area of text windows using the tab width set in the Editor Defaults panel Line numbers If this option is on TextWrangler displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Gutter When this option is on TextWrangler displays the gutter see page 87 You can show or hide the gutter independently for each text window This option is on by default Page Guid
157. e He no symbol selected rR Ig indexhimi http www w3 org TR html4 loose dtd gt 1 lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTL x 3 lt html lang en gt 2 http www w3 org TR htm o on cena ae 4 lt head gt 3 lt html lang en gt o marketing htmi 5 lt meta http equiv content type content content html charset utf 8 4 Y lt head gt o missing fields htmi 6 lt titleUntitled lt title gt s lt meta http equiv content typt o sales htmi 7 lt meta name generator content BBEdit Prerelease gt 6 lt titleUntitled lt title gt S lS soripthtmi 8 7 lt meta name generator content 5 REN 9 lt script type text javascript gt 2 ie Ree 10 function example 9 lt script type text javascript gt o webmaster htmi 1 var test lt test gt test lt test gt 10 function example v E By contactmod 12 var test2 this is a test 11 var test lt test gt test lt test gt directory inc 3B var test3 12 34 12 var test2 this is a test 5 S e heal e 5 K 13 var test3 12 34 X as lt script gt 14 oi index htm i a5 lt script gt o lostserial htm 17 lt head gt 16 o marketing htmi 18 lt body gt 17 lt head gt missing_fields htmi 19 18 lt body gt 5 sales htmi 207 lt pre gt 19 PERREN 21 The dog loves to eat 26 lt pre gt g o M 22 21 The cat dog cow monkey loves to 5 webmaster htmi 23 lt pre gt 22
158. e Line Endings Find Next Misspelled WordCmd Find All Misspelled Words Cmd Opt Clear Spelling Errors Check Spelling as You Type Show Hide Spelling Panel Cmd Shift View Text Display Show Hide Toolbar Show Hide Navigation Bar Show Hide Editor Show Hide Files Show Hide Open Documents Show Hide Recent Documents Show Hide Worksheet amp Scratchpad Balance Balance amp Fold Fold Selection Unfold Selection Collapse Enclosing Folds Collapse All Folds Expand All Folds Previous Document Next Document Move to New Window Open in Additional Window Reveal in Finder Go Here in Terminal Go Here in Disk Browser Enter Full Screen submenu Cmd 0 Cmd B Cmd Shift B Cmd Opt Cmd Opt Cmd Opt O View gt Text Display Show Hide Fonts Soft Wrap Text Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Cmd T Search Find Multi File Search Search in Document s Folder Search in Disk Browser Live Search Find Next Find Previous Find All Find Selected Text Find Previous Selected Text Use Selection for Find Use Selection for Find grep Use Selection for Replace Use Selection for Replace grep Replace Replace All Replace All in Selection Replace to End Replace amp Find Next Find Differences Compare Two Front Windows Compare Against Disk File Apply to New Apply to Old Compa
159. e Seg tA wn tele b Gide prellel AARE 115 Cycle Through Windows cec cece cece cece e ence teen eeeeeeeeeees 115 Exchange With Next ssr sessed tsa oaro onana TEETE AREER e diene Se sete 115 Synchro Scrolling cece cece cece cece eee ee eee renee cess E NN AES 115 Window Names cceeccccccccccccc cress ceeeseeseesessceresees 115 Zoom key equivalent only cece cece eee cece eee cee eee eee eens 116 Window Menu The Window menu provides easy centralized access to all of TextWrangler s tool and utility palettes in addition to offering commands that you can use to access and organize editing and results windows on screen Minimize Window This command puts the frontmost window into the Dock Click the window icon in the Dock to restore the window Hold down the Option key and this command becomes Minimize All Windows Bring All to Front This command brings all un minimized TextWrangler windows to the front Palettes The Palettes submenu provides quick access to all of TextWrangler s numerous tool palettes and utility windows Choosing an item from this submenu toggles display of the corresponding palette 113 114 Note When moved or resized palettes now automatically snap to the edges of the screen and the edges of other palettes You can override this behavior by holding down the Shift key while dragging or resizing Character Inspector This command opens a palette which displays the charac
160. e at N characters When this option is on TextWrangler displays the page guide at the specified character width The page guide is a visible boundary indicator whose color and contrast you can adjust see page 191 This option is on by default Guide Contrast You can use this sliding control to adjust the contrast level of the page guide display region See Tab stops on page 179 Text Status Bar When any of the listed options are on TextWrangler displays the status bar see page 71 You can show or hide the status bar independently for each text window Cursor position When this option is on TextWrangler displays the current location line and column of the insertion point or the endpoint of the current selection range in the status bar see page 71 Language When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Language popup menu in the status bar see page 71 Text encoding When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Encoding popup menu in the status bar see page 71 Line break type When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Line Break Type popup menu in the status bar see page 71 Document lock state When this option is on TextWrangler displays an padlock icon in the status bar to represent the document s current lock state You can click on the padlock to lock or unlock the current document if possible Document save date When this option is on TextWrangler displays the current docu
161. e menu see page 47 jquery 1 11 1 js p T_ File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js lt gt jquery 1 11 1 js no sym elected lt amp z Z text l t jQuery JavaScript Library v1 11 1 http jquery com Includes Sizzle js http sizzlejs com Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors Released under the MIT license http jquery org license Date 2014 5 1T17 427 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Opening Included Files You can use the Included Files popup to list or open any included files which the current document references jquery 1 11 1 js x T_ File Pathw Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js i 4 gt jquery 1 11 1 js no sym elected lt r a Liv 2 jQuery JavaScript Library v1 11 1 3 http jquery com 4 5 Includes Sizzle js 6 http sizzlejs com 7 8 Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors 9 Released under the MIT license 10 http jquery org license t e Key Equivalents for Navigation Bar Menu Items You can assign key equivalents to the controls on the navigation bar from the Navigation Bar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel So for example you can assign a key equivalent to Open Function Menu then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to navigate the current document s function list directly from the keyboard The
162. e pena See wipb ee os ee ae ph eed Beales 121 Starting a Search 122 Find All and Multi File Search Results 123 Specifying the Search Set 124 Saved Search Sources 126 Multi File Search Options 126 File Filters 126 Searching SCM Directories 128 Multi File Replacing 0 0 cece teens 129 Live Searches cencs cee ahve paw be eh vag gee beet ye apis Peis eins 130 Table of Contents 11 Search Menu Reference 0 Er SITE EEE eee 130 Find 130 Multi File Search 131 Search in Documents Folder 131 Search in Disk or Results Browser 131 Live Search 131 Find Next Previous 131 Find All 131 Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text 131 Use Selection for Find 132 Use Selection for Find grep 132 Use Selection for Replace 132 Use Selection for Replace grep 132 Replace 132 Replace All 132 Replace to End 132 Replace amp Find Again 132 Find Differences 132 Compare Two Front Documents 133 Compare Against Disk File 133 Compare Against Previous Version 133 Apply to New 133 Apply to Old 133 Compare Again 133 Find in Reference 133 Go Menu Reference 2 2255 sc ied eke eS ee okie 134 Line Number 134 Center Line 134 Named Symbol 134 Functions 134 The following four commands will be available in any document which contains recognizable functions 134 Reveal Start End 134 G
163. e server or if you will be sending it to someone who uses a Windows or DOS based system Encoding TextWrangler lets you save documents using any character set encoding supported by Mac OS X including a variety of Unicode formats see Saving Unicode Files on page 49 To select an encoding choose its name from the Encoding pop up menu The list of available encodings is controlled by your preference settings see Text Encodings Preferences on page 191 When you select an encoding that requires a Unicode file format you can also choose Unicode as an option from the Line Breaks pop up menu in this dialog Unicode has its own line ending standard UTF 16 files created by TextWrangler are given a type of utxt the Mac standard type for Unicode text files UTF 8 files are given a type of TEXT for compatibility with other applications however TextWrangler will also recognize such files with type UTF8 You can choose which encodings appear in the Encoding pop up menu in the Text Encodings preference panel File State If you modify a document s window position or display settings and then save the document TextWrangler stores state information which it will use to reopen that document in the same manner TextWrangler captures only those settings which are fundamental to the document window position selection range folds splitter setting or any settings which vary from the global preferences
164. e special character does not match carriage returns At least not by default See Advanced Topics below for details on how to make dot match any character including carriage returns Rearranging Name Lists You can use grep patterns to transform a list of names in first name first form to last name first order for a later sorting for instance Assume that the names are in the form Junior X Potter Jill Safai Dylan Schuyler Goode Walter Wang If you use this search pattern And this replacement string 2 MI The transformed list becomes Potter Junior X Safai Jill Goode Dylan Schuyler Wang Walter Advanced Grep Topics TextWrangler s PCRE based grep engine offers unparalleled syntactical power The topics below cover areas that show how grep can effectively match very complicated patterns of textTextWrangler However with this power comes complexity Advanced Grep Topics 155 156 If you are new to grep it is possible that the topics covered in this section will not make much sense to you That s OK The best way to learn grep is to use it in real life not by reading example patterns In many cases the basic grep syntax covered previously in this chapter will be all that you need If you are an experienced user of grep however many of the topics covered below will be of great interest Matching Nulls The grep engine used in much older versions of TextWrangler prior to
165. e the Command and Option keys to accelerate the scrolling These shortcuts also apply if you use a mouse with a built in scroll wheel Modifier Scroll Speed none Normal Command 2x accelerated Option 3x accelerated Command Optio 6x accelerated n The Delete Key The Delete key deletes the character to the left of the insertion point If you have selected text the Delete key deletes all the text in the selection You can use the Command and Option keys to modify the way the Delete key works Modifier Action none Deletes character to the left of the insertion point Option Deletes to the beginning of the word to the left of the insertion point Command Deletes to the beginning of the line Command Optio Deletes to the beginning of the document n Holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards The Numeric Keypad Some keyboards have a numeric keypad on the right side Normally you use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers To toggle the behavior of the keypad between moving the cursor and entering numbers hold down the Option key and press the Clear key in the upper left corner of the keypad This key is also labeled Num Lock on some keyboards Cursor Movement and Text Selection 83 84 Note When keypad navigation is active TextWrangler will perform the following actions start of line up Scro
166. e txt Find and Replace Sample txt gt 5 Multi File Site gt B Lesson 8 De gt Applications ha Documents Downloads E Drop Box iCloud Drive Devices Remote Disc Enable All BBEdit Documents B Show hidden items B Translate line breaks Open in default Read as automatic Cancel Open 2 Select the file you want to open You can select or deselect multiple files by holding down the Command key or the Shift key as you click the files 3 Change any desired options see below 4 Click Open to open the file You can use the options described below when you open a file Enable Menu This popup menu lets you choose what kinds of files can be selected in the Open dialog If you know a file contains text but it does not appear in the Open dialog this means the file does not have a recognized filename extension or any other property which would allow TextWrangler or the system to recognize that it contains text This is sometimes the case with files received from other computers or downloaded from the Internet Choose Everything to view all available files without restriction Chapter 3 Working with Files TextWrangler will first check the file s suffix against its own language mappings as shown in the Languages preference panel and if the suffix matches up with any language even if that language is None TextWrangler will assume that file to be a text file Thus you can use T
167. easures to prevent this Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line CHAPTER Language Modules Language modules are special files that you can install to add support for syntax coloring and optionally function browsing for programming languages beyond those built in Many people have prepared language modules for use with BBEdit and TextWrangler and these modules are available from various web sites including our own This chapter describes the basic procedures for installing and using language modules and provides references to information about producing such items In this chapter Language Modules cece ce cece cece e cece cece eee eee reese eeeeeee 235 Installing Language Modules 235 Overriding Existing Modules 236 Codeless Language Modules 236 Code based Language Modules 236 Language Module Compatibility 236 Plug In Obsolescence cece cece cece cece cece eee E E 237 Language Modules Language modules are add on items which provide syntax coloring and function browsing for programming languages that TextWrangler does not natively support There are two types of language modules coded and codeless Coded language modules must be prepared according to the requirements of BBEdit s language module interface See Appendix C Codeless language modules are text documents prepared in a specific plist format See below After you install a language module and relaunch TextWrangler
168. ected file You can edit the file s name and click the Rename button to rename the file on the server you can also make changes to the permissions and click the Set button to change them Take care not to set the permissions such that the file becomes inaccessible to you Chapter 3 Working with Files You can directly create a new file or folder on the server by clicking the New button or remove files from the server by selecting them and pressing the Delete button Specifying Alternate Ports TextWrangler allows you to open an FTP or SFTP connection on ports other than the default To specify an alternate port place it at the end of the server name separated by a colon for example ftp example com 1111 Storing Passwords As long as your user account s keychain is unlocked TextWrangler will use it to store the password for each server that you access and to automatically fill in the corresponding password whenever you enter a server and user name pair for which there is a keychain entry If your keychain is locked you will need to retype your password every time you use the FTP browser Using SSH Key Files In order to connect to an SFTP server which requires SSH keys or certificates rather than passwords you must first create an appropriate entry for that server in your local account s ssh config You may then type the server name or shortcut name into the Server field of the FTP SFTP Browser and connect without enteri
169. eed to be revised in order to work properly Further since all recent versions of TextWrangler allow multiple documents to be open within a single text window you may need to revise other existing scripts Distinguishing Between Script Elements Because different applications handle different types of data you should be aware that the actual data or the interface items referred to by a particular name may not be consistent from application to application The following sections describe how several common elements are handled in TextWrangler Applying Commands to Text Since TextWrangler supports opening multiple documents within a single text window all scripting commands which operate on text must specifically target the text contents of a window or a document within that window rather than the window itself For example you may use count lines of text of document of text window 1 or count lines of active document of text window 1 but not count lines of text window 1 Documents vs Windows In old versions of TextWrangler the object classes document and window could be used interchangeably and generally had the same properties listed in the scripting dictionary This is no longer the case The class window now corresponds to a window of any type text or otherwise on screen and thus the properties of the window class now refer strictly to properties of a window on screen If a document is associated with a window
170. efault options for windows set the default options for searches and so on This chapter describes TextWrangler s extensive preference options In this chapter The Preferences WindoW cece cece cece cece cence eee E EEE 175 Searching the Preferences 177 Appearance Preferences 177 Application Preferences 180 Editing Preferences 182 Editor Defaults Preferences 183 Keyboard Preferences 185 Languages Preferences 186 Menus amp Shortcuts Preferences 188 Printing Preferences 189 Text Colors Preferences 190 Text Encodings Preferences 191 Text Files Preferences 192 Expert preferences settings 194 The Setup WindoW cece cece cece cece cence TEREE GR EEES E EE 194 Bookmarks 194 Filters 194 Patterns 195 The Preferences Window The Preferences window provides control over many aspects of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which actions TextWrangler should perform when you launch it set default options for editing behavior examine and set or modify keyboard shortcuts create and apply text color schemes and so on 175 To open the Preferences window choose the Preferences command from the TextWrangler application menu KU Application A Editing z vi Editor Defaults Keyboard a Languages Menus amp Shortcuts Printing x A ae gt Text Colors Preferences Toolbar Text options Document proxy icon Navigat
171. elected a Last saved 10 19 14 1 32 15 PM 37 4 1 100 Line 2 Colt no symbol selected af Last saved 4 8 12 1 59 35 PM 5 36 4 1 100 Apy Apply ines File jquery 1 11 1 js Line 17 35 File jquery 1 7 2 js Line 46 100 ines File jquery 1 11 1 js Line 37 38 File jquery 1 7 2 js Line 102 105 The Differences window lists all the differences between the new file and the old file To see the differences in context click a line in the Differences window TextWrangler scrolls and selects that spot in both files The range of lines within each file which belong to the selected difference are highlighted with the standard selection color while individual differences within each difference range are drawn with a grey background Comparing Text Files 95 96 Reviewing and Applying Differences To view and apply individual differences within a line or region i e sub line differences just click on the triangle to the left of that difference to expand the list and select the appropriate character difference Use the Apply to Left and Apply to Right buttons in the Differences window to transfer the differing text from the new file to the old file or vice versa After you use one of these buttons TextWrangler italicizes the entry in the Differences window to indicate that you have already applied that change You may also apply all differences by clicking in the differences list then choosing Select All in t
172. elling As You Type 100 Manual Spell Checking 101 The Spelling Panel 101 102 Text Transformations 103 Text Menu Commands 0 0 0 ccc cece eens 103 Apply Text Filter 103 Apply Text Filter lt last filter gt 104 Exchange Characters 104 Change Case 104 Shift Left Shift Right 105 Un Comment Selection 105 Hard Wrap 105 Add Line Breaks 106 Remove Line Breaks 106 Convert to ASCII 106 Educate Quotes 106 Straighten Quotes 106 Add Remove Line Numbers 106 Prefix Suffix Lines 107 Sort Lines 107 Process Duplicate Lines 108 Process Lines Containing 109 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 110 Strip Quotes 110 Zap Gremlins 110 Entab 112 Detab 112 Normalize Line Endings 112 Table of Contents Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Windows amp Palettes 113 Window Men a srr uea A igitve Paws dude ad Pees aed dy 8 oe 113 Minimize Window 113 Bring All to Front 113 Palettes 113 Save Default lt type of gt Window 115 Cascade Windows 115 Arrange 115 Cycle Through Windows 115 Exchange with Next 115 Synchro Scrolling 115 Window Names 115 Zoom key equivalent only 116 Searching 117 Search Window S eie ica Read eee ek hoe dee 117 Basic Searching and Replacing 20 0 cece cece eens 118 Search Settings 120 Special Characters 120 Multi File Searching oc 3 ice
173. elling as you type 184 Default font 184 Tab Width 184 This option controls the default number of spaces that TextWrangler uses to represent the width of a tab character 184 Soft Wrap Text 184 Keyboard Preferences 0 cece cece teens 185 Home and End Keys 185 Enter key generates Return 185 Allow Tab key to indent text blocks 185 Enable Shift Delete for forward delete 186 When auto indenting remove leading white space from indented line 186 Allow Page Up and Page Down keys to move the insertion point 186 Option on Japanese keyboards 186 Emulate Emacs key bindings 186 Languages Preferences nuunuu c cece eee tenet eens 186 Installed Languages 186 Custom Extension Mappings 187 Menus amp Shortcuts Preferences 00 00 00 c ee eee eee 188 Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility 188 Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat 189 14 Table of Contents Chapter 11 Printing Preferences Leaguer toed eee pha es eels ote el ee eats 189 Print using documents font 189 Printing font 189 Frame printing area 189 Print page headers 189 Print full pathname 189 Time stamp 189 Print line numbers 190 1 inch Gutter 190 Print color syntax 190 Text Colors Preferences oii ees Lice viel ed ees 190 Selecting and Saving Color Schemes 190 How to Change an Element Color 190 Language Specific Colors
174. ely from the text It is useful if you are only interested in destroying gremlins and you do not care where they were in the text Replace with code This option causes TextWrangler to handle each gremlin character according to its value as follows TextWrangler will convert certain eight bit Mac Roman characters characters whose decimal values are greater than 128 and less than 255 to 7 bit printable ASCII range equivalents Converted characters include umlauted and accented vowels ligatures typographer s quotes and various specialized punctuation forms This conversion may entail expansion to multiple characters for example in the case of ligatures When the Use ASCII equivalent option is also enabled TextWrangler will convert all extended Roman characters to their closest ASCII equivalent Otherwise TextWrangler will convert all other gremlins present to escaped hexadecimal format The escape code is formed via the same convention used by the C programming language 0x followed by the character code in hexadecimal base 16 This option is useful for identifying both the value and the location of gremlin characters Later you can search for occurrences of 0x to locate the converted characters Searching for the grep pattern of 0x will select the entire character code for easy modification or deletion Replace with lt character gt This option replaces the gremlin with the character you type in the text field next to t
175. emote servers when you launch it Automatically check for updates This option controls whether TextWrangler automatically looks to see if a newer version is available Regardless of the setting of the checkbox you can manually check for an update at any time by clicking the Check Now button Application Preferences 181 182 Note The version checking mechanism used by TextWrangler protects your privacy It works by requesting information about the currently available version from Bare Bones Software s web server The server will log the date time and originating address of the request and which versions of the OS and TextWrangler you are using This information is used to guide the future development of TextWrangler it is not personalized and will not be disclosed Click the Privacy button to view our posted privacy policy This option is not present in copies of TextWrangler obtained via the Mac App Store Editing Preferences The Editing preferences control the behavior of various general editing behaviors Highlight instances of selected text When this option is on and you make a selection that doesn t consist entirely of whitespace or punctuation TextWrangler will underline all occurrences of the selection within the current document and you can use the Search menu commands Next Occurrence of lt string gt and Previous Occurrence of lt string gt to navigate the occurrences This option is on by default You can als
176. en a loyal member 1983 since 1983 or so d I ve got 12 years on him 12 A BAAAAAAAB AAAAAAA A 3 BAAAAB AAA first three A s A 3 BAAAAB AAAA A 1 3 BAAAAB AAA on the first match the remaining A on the second match c andy andy likes candy andy on the first match candy on the second A Ted joined AAA yesterday AAA on the first match a from yesterday on the second Writing Search Patterns 145 146 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns So far the patterns you have seen match a single character or the repetition of a single character or class of characters This is very useful when you are looking for runs of digits or single letters but often that is not enough However by combining these patterns you can search for more complex items As it happens you are already familiar with combining patterns Remember the section at beginning of this discussion that said that each individual character is a pattern that matches itself When you search for a word you are already combining basic patterns You can combine any of the preceding grep patterns in the same way Here are some examples Pattern Matches Examples d 4 d a string of digits followed 4 2 by a literal plus sign 1234 5829 followed by more digits d 4 t B c four digits followed by a 2152 B C tab or a space followed by the string B C 0 9 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed b
177. en the appropriate Unix man page For languages which don t have a pre defined resources lookups will performed on the Apple Developer Connection web site You can modify the URL template which TextWrangler uses to perform the lookup for a particular language by bringing up the Options sheet for that language in the Languages preference panel and editing the template directly In the template use SYMBOLNAME _ to indicate where the selected symbol name should be placed in the lookup string Search Menu Reference 133 134 Note Go Menu Reference This section describes all of the commands in the Go menu Line Number When you choose this command TextWrangler opens the Line Number sheet Type in a line number and the frontmost text window will jump to display that line This command does not follow the usual convention of applying the last used setting when invoked with the Option key pressed Instead if you select a number within the current document then hold down the Option key and choose Line Number TextWrangler will go directly to the correspondingly numbered line This command honors the Use Hard Line Numbering in Soft Wrapped Text Views option in the Editing preference panel Center Line Will move the insertion point to the beginning of the middle or center line of the displayed text Named Symbol When you choose this command TextWrangler opens a sheet displaying all named symbols with
178. ences are Learning Perl 4th Edition by Randal L Schwartz amp Tom Phoenix O Reilly and Associates 2005 ISBN 0 596 10105 8 Programming Perl 3rd Edition by Larry Wall Tom Christiansen Jon Orwant O Reilly and Associates 2000 ISBN 0 596 00027 8 The following are excellent Internet resources for the Macintosh implementation of Perl and Perl in general Perl com from O Reilly and Associates http www perl com Perl Mailing Lists http lists cpan org Python is a portable interpreted object oriented programming language originally developed by Guido van Rossum If you are interested in learning Python consider the following Internet resources Python home page http www python org Python Cookbook http aspn activestate com ASPN Cookbook Python Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 229 230 Ruby is an interpreted scripting language with an emphasis on object oriented programming which has fast become a favorite of Web developers Ruby was created by Yukihiro Matsumoto If you are interested in learning Ruby consider the following books Programming Ruby The Pragmatic Programmer s Guide 2nd Edition by Dave Thomas with Chad Fowler and Andy Hunt Pragmatic Bookshelf 2004 ISBN 0 9745140 5 5 Ruby Cookbook by Lucas Carlson amp Leonard Richardson O Reilly and Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 52369 6 Internet resources for Ruby Ruby home page http www ruby lang org
179. ent e documentShouldSave called when the application is trying to determine whether a given document should be saved e documentWillSave called when the application is about to begin saving a document note that this will only be called after a successful return from a documentShouldSave e documentDidSave called after a document has been saved successfully e documentWillUnlock called when TextWrangler is going to make a document writeable For example when you click the pencil to unlock a document e documentDidUnlock called when TextWrangler has successfully made a document writeable e documentWillLock called when TextWrangler is going to make a document read only e documentDidLock called when TextWrangler has successfully made a document read only Using Attachment Scripts Scripts attached to events must be stored in the Attachment Scripts folder of TextWrangler s application support folder see page 28 You can write one script to handle each attachment point or one script to handle the attachment points for an entire class of objects or one script to handle all of the attachment points for the entire application You can also mix and match scripts to meet specialized needs for instance by using one script to implement a particular attachment point for documents and a second script to handle the remaining attachment points 212 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Note TextWrangler associ
180. ent W Close All Documents KEW Save S Save All KES Save As TES Save As THES Save a Copy Save a Copy Save to FTP SFTP Server S Save to FTP SFTP Server S Save a Copy to FTP SFTP Server 3S Save a Copy to FTP SFTP Server 3S Hex Dump File Hex Dump Front Document Page Setup Print TEP P Hex Dump File Hex Dump Front Document Page Setup Print All Human Interface Notes TEP KEP You can use the Shift Option or Control keys when you choose an item from a menu or when you use the Command key equivalents 21 22 Bypassing Options Dialogs You may have noticed that commands that require additional settings to be made before they are performed appear on the menu with ellipses after their names To bypass this step and use the command with its most recent settings hold down the Option key while selecting the menu item For example Zap Gremlins in the Text menu becomes Zap Gremlins when the Option key is pressed and when chosen will zap gremlins in the frontmost text document using the current settings Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWrangler s commands have keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu item clippings entry plug in or script to suit your own way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command as well as any available scripts and text filters go to the Menus amp Sh
181. enu To save multiple documents at once select them and choose Save from the Action menu or Control click on them and select Save in the contextual menu To save all documents in the window at once hold down the Option key and choose Save All from the Action menu Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler 17 V if typeof module object amp amp typeof module exports objec and CommonjS like environments where a proper w with 21 expose a jQuery making factory as module 22 the need for the creation of a real window 23 require jquery window 24 icket 14549 for more info oO Line 1 Col 1 JavaScript 4 Unicode UTF 8 Unix LF gt af Last saved 10 19 14 The Status Bar The status bar is located directly to the left of the horizontal scrollbar The status bar displays the current cursor position and contains popup menus showing the language text encoding and line break format of the current document To hide the status bar turn off the Show Status Bar option in the Appearance preference panel jwuery Java Viedied ation Inc and other contributors 15 function global factory 17 Y if typeof module object amp amp typeof module exports object 18 For C e 19 execu ommonjS and Co vironments where a proper window is present 26 For environmen t i a window with a document a jQ a j y as module exports for the cre eal window
182. ep patterns and the second edition is even better than the original TextWrangler Talk The TextWrangler Talk discussion group covers a wide range of topics and questions about using TextWrangler which frequently include searching and the use of grep patterns http groups google com group textwrangler TextWrangler s grep engine is based on the PCRE library package which is open source software written by Philip Hazel and copyright 1997 2004 by the University of Cambridge England For details see http www pcre org Recommended Books and Resources 167 168 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep CHAPTER Browsers Browsers are special kinds of windows that let you see a lot of information about files at once Browsers typically have two panes one pane lets you select a file the other displays detailed information about the file often its contents If you have performed a Find All search you have already seen an example of a TextWrangler browser In this chapter Browser OVervieW srna tortne aT ea Wines EAE eae ae Was BEES Bes ee yw 169 List Pane 169 Toolbar 170 Text View Pane 170 Splitter 170 Disk Bro WSGrs asees crests nie 0 89 a uarete tele E lave 8a E E NOTEER 171 Disk Browser Controls 171 Contextual Menu Commands 172 Dragging Items 172 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 172 Search Results Browsers cece cece cece cece erect eee eee eeeeees 173 Error Results BrowSe
183. er listing Inserting a Page Break To insert a page break choose the Page Break command from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu This will place a form feed character ASCII 12 at the location of the insertion point TextWrangler uses this character to indicate the start of a new page when printing Inserting Time Stamps To insert the current time choose Short Time Stamp or Full Time Stamp from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu These commands will insert short and long forms respectively of the current date and time at the location of the insertion point The Insert Submenu 93 Inserting an Emacs Variable Block To insert an Emacs variable block describing the option settings for the current document choose Emacs Variable Block from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu This will bring up a sheet which you can use to review and confirm the desired options Since depending on what options are set the resulting block can be rather verbose you may wish to prune the resulting text These options specified in this block will take precedence over saved document state when TextWrangler opens the document Inserting these explicit settings can be useful when sharing the document with others Comparing Text Files If you have ever had to reconcile changes between two different versions of a file or even larger numbers of documents you know how laborious this task can be TextWrangler s Find Differences command is a powerful t
184. er stores any custom color schemes which you have saved within the Text Colors preference panel or which you have download and copied over Each scheme is stored within a separate bbColorScheme file Language Modules TextWrangler does not create this folder by default but will do so if necessary The Language Modules folder allows you to add syntax coloring and function navigation support for additional languages by installing language modules Please do not attempt to extract or modify the language modules contained in the TextWrangler application bundle A list of additional modules from third party developers is available on our web site or you may create your own compiled or codeless language modules see Codeless Language Modules on page 236 You should move or copy over any compatible third party language modules that you wish to preserve 28 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Upgrading IMPORTANT Upgrading Menu Scripts This folder does not exist by default but you may create it The Menu Scripts folder contains AppleScripts that are attached to TextWrangler menu items For more details on using menu scripts please see Attaching Scripts to Menu Items on page 210 You should move or copy over any menu scripts that you wish to preserve Plug Ins TextWrangler 5 does not support plug ins written for much older versions and will not load any items present in this folder If you used any t
185. er 44 Show Files Starting with 52 Open Hidden see Show Hidden Items 44 Open Recent command 40 47 Open Recent menu 180 Open Selection 45 Open Selection command 40 44 Opening 40 binary plists 44 bz2 compressed files 44 gzip compressed files 44 Opening Existing Documents 40 Option on Japanese Keyboards 186 outdenting 105 P page breaks 93 Page Down key 85 Page Guide 184 page guide 86 Page Up key 85 paragraph definition 60 Paragraph Fill option 91 Paste command 22 61 Paste Previous Clipboard 254 260 Index Paste Previous Clipboard command 61 pattern matching see grep Perl 229 Perl scripts 229 Perl Unix Filters palette 239 POSIX Style Character Classes 157 Preferences 175 Application 180 Function Popup 226 Printing 57 Prefix Suffix Lines plug in 107 Print Color Syntax 58 Print Line Numbers 57 Print One Copy command 57 Print Selection 57 printing 57 Process Lines Containing plug in 109 pull down menus 21 Python 229 configuration 231 Python scripts 229 Q Quick Search see Live Search 130 R range end indicators 74 recording scripts 210 rectangular selection 79 Redo command 62 reflowing paragraphs 91 refresh open files 180 regular expressions see grep remember recently used items 180 Remove Line Breaks command 89 Rendezvous see Bonjour 51 Reopen Documents 181 Reopen documents preventing 181 repetition metacharacters 145 Replace 119 Replace amp Find Again command 120 132 Replace All
186. ercase Capitalize The first character of every sentence changes to sentences uppercase all other characters change to lowercase Capitalize lines The first character of every line changes to uppercase other characters are unaffected In addition to using the Change Case sheet you can also select individual case change actions from the Change Case submenu immediately below the Change Case command Shift Left Shift Right These commands indent or outdent the selected text by one tab stop If there is no selection this command works on the current line Hold down the Shift key while choosing these commands to have TextWrangler indent or outdent the text by one space instead of one tab stop TextWrangler also entabs and detabs on the fly as you shift text For example if the selected text is indented one tab stop and you apply Shift Left One Space the tab will be converted to spaces and the text will be outdented one space If you then apply Shift Right One Space the spaces will be converted back to a single tab Un Comment Selection This command automates the task of commenting and uncommenting sections of code in various programming languages Choose a range of text and apply this command to add or remove comments to it depending on its initial comment state If there is no selection this command is disabled You can use the Options sheet of the Installed Languages list in the Languages preference panel to modify or se
187. ere are some examples of numbered backreferences Pattern Matches Examples d 1 a string of digits followed 7 7 by a plus sign followed 1234 1234 the same digits w s 1 double words or a pairof the the identical character runs tire return separated by whitespace oops w w 2 1 a word character a abba second word character followed by the second one again and the first one again We will revisit subpatterns in the section on replacement where you will see how the choice of subpatterns affects the changes you can make Using Alternation The alternation operator allows you to match any of several patterns at a given point To use this operator place it between one or more patterns x y to match either x or y As with all of the preceding options you can combine alternation with other pattern elements to handle more complex searches Pattern Text is Matches alt A cat each a and t ale t A cat each a c and t a cat dog A cat is here A dog is A cat is A dog is is here A giraffe is here A b Abba A bb and a Andy Ted Andy and Ted joined Andy and Ted AAA yesterday d 4 years I ve been a loyal 1983 years member since 1983 almost 16 years ago a z d That s almost 16 That s almost years 16 years The Longest Match I
188. ers are essential for doing basic tasks with TextWrangler and you can remove any or all of them that you don t use Although OS X hides your account s local Library folder by default you can still access this folder in the Finder by holding down the Option key then selecting Library from the Go menu in the menu bar Application Support Folder Contents TextWrangler s application support folder contain various subfolders each of which holds a specific type of support item You can relocate TextWrangler s application support folder by placing a symlink though not an alias in the default location which points to this folder s actual location However you cannot independently relocate any of the subfolders within the application support folder We also recommend that you do not try to share scripts between TextWrangler and other applications nor should you attempt to store TextWrangler s application support folder on any remote server volume Attachment Scripts This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Attachment Scripts folder contains AppleScripts which are run at specific points when TextWrangler starts or quits and when documents are open saved and closed Auto Save Recovery This folder s default location has moved into TextWrangler s local preference data folder Color Schemes TextWrangler will automatically create this folder when needed The Color Schemes fold
189. es and Literal whitespace characters are ignored and the character starts a comment that extends until a literal return or the r escape sequence is encountered Ostensibly this option intends to let you write more readable patterns Perl programmers should already be familiar with these options as they correspond directly to the imsx options for Perl s m and s operators Unadorned these options turn their corresponding behavior on when preceded by a hyphen they turn the behavior off Setting and unsetting options can occur in the same set of parentheses Example Effect imsx Turn all four options on imsx Turn all four options off i msx Turn i on turn m s and x off Chapter 8 Searching with Grep The scope of these option changes depends on where in the pattern the setting occurs For settings that are outside any subpattern the effect is the same as if the options were set or unset at the start of matching The following patterns all behave in exactly the same way i abe a i be ab i c abc i In other words all four of the above patterns will match without regard to case Such top level settings apply to the whole pattern unless there are other changes inside subpatterns If there is more than one setting of the same option at the top level the right most setting is used If an option change occurs inside a subpattern the effect is dif
190. es plug in 107 spell checking 100 user dictionary 102 split bar 65 in browsers 170 splitting a window see split bar 65 startup window handling 181 startup items 34 stationery 55 creating 55 Stationery folder 31 using 55 status bar hiding 87 in browsers 170 in disk browsers 171 status bar see tool bar 63 subpatterns 146 Synchro Scrolling command 115 syntax coloring 87 on printout 58 T tab width 179 tabs converting to and from spaces 112 tarballs 44 Text Display menu 75 Text Document creating 35 text encoding choosing 41 Text Encodings preference panel 41 text folding disclosure triangles 73 fold indicator 74 nested folds 73 range end indicators 74 text highlighting 60 Text Options popup 64 text transformation 88 text wrapping 88 TextWrangler Talk discussion group 167 time stamps 58 tool bar 63 transformations case 152 twdiff tool 227 twfind tool 227 typing text 60 typographer s quotes 86 Index 261 n Comment command 105 ndo command 62 nicode 37 41 49 103 niversal argument 254 nix line breaks 37 nix shell scripts 229 ser interface 21 sing Language Modules 236 TF 16 41 49 TF 8 41 49 Cae cee c CGO lt verify open files 180 W wildcards 140 window list 114 windows arranging 115 exchanging with next 115 split bar 65 Windows floating window 40 Windows line breaks 37 Windows menu 113 worksheets shell 226 wrap around 120 wrapping text 86 88
191. ete Keys You can use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down You can augment these with the Command and Option keys to move by word line or screens or with the Shift key to create or extend selections For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point You can hold down the Control key while using the arrow keys to scroll through editing windows without moving the position of the insertion point Key Modifier Action left right Arrow Move 1 character left right left right Arrow Option Move 1 word left right left right Arrow Command Move to beginning end of line left right Arrow Control Jump to the previous next character transition from lower case to upper case OR the next word boundary up down Arrow Move up down 1 line in file up down Arrow Command Move to top bottom of file up down Arrow Option Move to previous next screen page up down Arrow Control Scroll view up down any of the Shift Make or extend a selection range above Delete Deletes selection range or character preceding to the left of the insertion point Delete Command Deletes all characters backwards to beginning of line Delete Option Deletes all characters back to beginning of word Delete Shift same as Forward Delete Forward Delete Deletes selection range or character after to the right of the insertion poin
192. ext documents such as email message content or source code Auto expand tabs When this option is on TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces instead of a tab character every time you press the Tab key Show invisible characters This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols to represent non printing characters ae Meaning A tab space non breaking space Editor Defaults Preferences 183 184 Note Note Symbo Meaning a line break q page break other non printing characters Show Spaces When this option is on and Show Invisibles is also active TextWrangler will display placeholder characters for spaces Turn this option off to suppress the display of spaces reducing visual clutter when you are displaying invisible characters Non breaking spaces typed by pressing Option space will not be displayed with a placeholder Check spelling as you type When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically check spelling as you type and underline any potentially misspelled words Turn this option off to prevent TextWrangler from automatically checking spelling You can turn on automatic spell checking for the active document only by choosing Check Spelling as You Type from the Text menu See Check Spelling As You Type on
193. ext editor for the Macintosh If you are new to TextWrangler we recommend that you read at least Chapters 1 through 4 of this manual to familiarize yourself with the installation and basic operation of TextWrangler You may also wish to read or preview any other chapters that cover features you frequently use After you have installed TextWrangler the best way to learn it is to use it Complete online assistance is available from the Help menu If you have used earlier versions of TextWrangler we recommend that you read at least Chapter 1 for an overview of significant changes in this version and Chapter 2 for information relevant to installation and upgrading 19 What Is TextWrangler TextWrangler is a high performance text editor Unlike a word processor which is designed for preparing printed pages a text editor focuses on providing a means of producing and changing content Thus TextWrangler does not offer fancy formatting capabilities headers and footers graphics tools a thesaurus or similar staples of feature laden office software Instead it focuses on helping you manipulate text in ways that word processors generally cannot In service of this goal TextWrangler offers powerful regular expression based grep search and replace multi file search sophisticated text transformations intelligent text coloring and other features not usually found or missed in word processors TextWrangler also has feature
194. extWrangler s suffix mappings to make it to treat any file as text which the system does not recognize If TextWrangler cannot match a file s suffix or its name to a known language TextWrangler will next check to see if the system recognizes that file s content type Show Hidden Items When this option is selected the Open dialog will display invisible files and folders The setting you choose will persist until you change it Translate Line Breaks When this option is selected TextWrangler translates Windows or Unix line breaks when opening a file Otherwise TextWrangler leaves the original line breaks untranslated Unlike the other options in the Open dialog the setting of this option is not preserved between uses of the Open command since in general you will only need to use this operation temporarily e g to read in a particular file Read As When opening a file you can tell TextWrangler what encoding to use by choosing it from this pop up menu Usually TextWrangler will correctly auto detect the encoding but if it does not you can try applying the Reopen Encoding command with an appropriate encoding Chapter 5 includes more information on encodings Open In When opening one or more files you can use the options on this pop up menu to override your default document opening preferences These options have the following effect e default TextWrangler will open the selected documents according to your preference setti
195. extWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Replace grep When you hold down the Shift key Use Selection for Replace becomes Use Selection for Replace grep This command sets TextWrangler s replace string to the currently selected text and turns on the Grep option but does not perform a search operation When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Replace Replaces the selected text usually an occurrence of the search string with the replace string Replace All Replaces all occurrences of the search string in a file with the replace string or starts a multi file search amp replace operation Replace to End Replaces each occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point or the start of the current selection range to the end of the document Replace amp Find Again Replaces the selected text with the replace string and searches for the next occurrence of the search string Find Differences Finds the differences between two files or all of the files contained in two folders See Comparing Text Files in Chapter 4 for more details Chapter 7 Searching Compare Two Front Documents Performs a Find Differences on the two frontmost text documents using the same settings currently active for the Find Differences command Compare Against Disk File Perf
196. f the form x follows the name TextWrangler will automatically expand the selection to include the suffix TextWrangler will display the Open File by Name window prepopulated with the selected text 3 Click Open or type Return in the Open File by Name window 44 Chapter 3 Working with Files TextWrangler also understands the Unix style line number and character offset specifications line offset that can be appended to a file name and will honor them when opening a file If the specified file is already open this command will simply select the designated location within the file These specifications are frequently generated by Unix command line tools For example selecting the text main cp 210 and choosing Open Selection will bring up the Open File by Name window prefilled with that search string and when you click Open TextWrangler will then open the file main cp and automatically select line 210 Likewise if you apply Open Selection to the text foo cp 398 43 and invoke Open File by Name TextWrangler will open the file foo cp and automatically position the insertion point at the specified location In searching for the requested file TextWrangler will look in the following locations in order of preference e If there is a disk browser open TextWrangler will search within its current root directory e Otherwise TextWrangler will look first in the same folder as the file containing the se
197. f the gutter in the current document See Gutter on page 87 Show Hide Invisibles This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 87 Show Hide Spaces This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 87 The View Menu 75 Show Hide Toolbar Choose this command to hide or show the toolbar in the frontmost text window See The Toolbar on page 63 Show Hide Navigation Bar Choose this command to hide or show the navigation bar in the frontmost text window See The Navigation Bar on page 65 Show Hide Editor Choose this command to hide or show the editing pane within a disk browser or results browser window Show Hide Files Choose this command to hide or show the file list within the frontmost text window See The File List on page 69 Show Hide Currently Open Documents You may ignore this command which is present but always disabled Show Hide Recent Documents Choose this command to hide or show the Recent Documents section within a window s file list Balance This command locates the pair of parentheses braces brackets or smart curly quotes that surround the insertion point or the current selection If there are unmatched delimiters within this area TextWrangler beeps You can also double click a delimiter character to invoke this command Whe
198. ferent An option change inside a subpattern affects only that part of the subpattern that follows it so if the Case Sensitive checkbox is turned on Search for a i b c Will match abc or aBc and will not match anything else But if Case Sensitive is turned off the i in the above pattern is superfluous and has no effect By this means options can be made to have different settings in different parts of the pattern Any changes made in one alternative do carry on into subsequent branches within the same subpattern For example Search for a i b c matches ab aB c and C even though when matching C the first branch is abandoned before the option setting These options can also be set using the clustering non capturing parentheses syntax defined earlier by inserting the option letters between the and The scope of options set in this manner is limited to the subpattern contained therein Examples Search for i saturday sunday Will match SATURDAY or Saturday or SUNday and so on Search for i f00 i bar Will match foobar or FOObar Will not match FOOBAR or fooBAR Positional Assertions Positional assertions anchor a pattern without actually matching any characters Simple assertions have already been described those which are invoked with the escape sequences b B A Z z and For example the pattern bfoo b will only match
199. from the command line type edit filename where filename is the name of the file to be opened To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or activate it if it is already running type edit 1 In addition to files you can also specify FTP or SFTP URLs to files or directories to have TextWrangler open the specified files or an FTP SFTP Browser for each directory You will be prompted to enter passwords if necessary You can also pipe STDIN to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept STDIN from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it to TextWrangler The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bcChlpsuvVw long _form_switches e lt encoding name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options Using Stationery Like most Macintosh applications TextWrangler supports stationery pads A stationery pad is a template file that when opened results in a new untitled document with the content from the original stationery file In other words you do not edit the stationery file itself you use it as a starting point for a new document To create a stationery pad click the Save As Stationery
200. g and editing After conversion the document may appear to not have any line breaks at all this usually happens if the first line break in the file is a Mac line break and all the rest are Unix or to have an invisible character at the beginning of each line Should this happen use Normalize Line Breaks to convert the remaining line endings and save the document Once you have done this the document s line endings will be consistent and TextWrangler s line break translation will suffice when you next open it Chapter 5 Text Transformations CHAPTER Windows amp Palettes This chapter describes the commands in the Window menu These commands allow you to arrange and access editing and browser windows quickly and also to access TextWrangler s tool and utility palettes In this chapter Wind O We Mehus aces es Pacis cas cas Maw aioe Ses wea Siar lees WG esa ai Se Meese Whee Mie a ee 113 Mmimi e WI OW fsa aeneae a haya 958 Hie aitoalsevo coe tars EEE 113 Bring Allto Frontis s sosie cde eek ve OAs Sees ee Ls eee alee See ee es 113 Palettes ic vase eet bovis o rena a nevereye Goal ssa evens Spare E wag lel ESOT 113 Character Inspector 114 Colors 114 Scripts 114 Text Filters 114 Windows 114 Save Default lt type of gt Window cece ccc eee cee ee eee eee ee eeneeeee 115 Cascade WindOWS cece cece cece cece cence eee eee eee R 115 ATTA SE so deen akar odin ENEN Sieg Bie bie 9 8 aw
201. gler lets you test a file s name the name of its enclosing folder its creator or type its creation and modification date or both date and time or its Finder label visibility or the programming or markup language it is written in You can also test the content of a file using the Contents criterion The center popup lets you choose the test to be applied to the selected attribute The available options here change depending on what attribute you selected If you choose Visibility in the first column for instance your only choices are whether the file is or is not visible However if you choose File Name in the first column the middle column lets you test to see if the name does or does not exactly match contain begin with or end with a particular string You can also test file names to see if they match wildcard or Grep patterns In wildcard patterns the asterisk and question mark characters have special meanings The asterisk matches any number of characters such that c matches any file whose name ends with c The question mark matches a single character so that foo matches food fool foot and many other words Both the asterisk and the question mark can be used anywhere in a wildcard pattern and any number of either can be used in a single pattern Grep patterns also known as regular expressions are a powerful method of selecting file names based on classes of text or repeati
202. go middle anywhere Line 1 Col 1 Text File Unicode UTF 8 gt Unix LF f G To start hold down the Option key while dragging over the bottom left column until you get a selection that looks like this ece Rectangular Selections txt T File Path v Downloads Rectangular Selections txt 4 3 Rectangular Selections txt 2 0 ae This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the go middle anywhere Line 8 Col 1 TextFile Unicode UTF 8 Unix LF f B 80 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Choose Cut from the Edit menu or press Cmd X to cut the selected text out of the document and place it on the Clipboard lt 4 Rectangular Selections txt This text goes on the left This text doesn t go anywher Line 8 Col 1 This text goes on the right e Text File Unicode UTF 8 Rectangular Selections txt T File Path v Downloads Rectangular Selections txt Unix LF B of Next you must paste in the text you just cut You can do this in either of two ways e Use the Paste Column command which will paste down from the current insertion point This allows you to directly insert text without needing to make a rectangular selection first e Make a rectangular selection as described below and then use the standard Paste command This procedure is less efficient for mo
203. h TextWrangler Note Note Note No Modifier Option Command Shift Pg Up scroll page up Pg Dn scroll page down Holding down the Command and Option keys as you press the forward delete key deletes to the end of the document Resolving URLs To resolve a URL Uniform Resource Locator you can Command click anywhere in the URL text or Control click to bring up the contextual menu and choose Open URL from the menu TextWrangler will examine the URL and launch the appropriate helper application If the URL is not valid or the helper application cannot be found TextWrangler will beep Some Web browsers cannot resolve URLs if the request is sent when the browser is starting up If your Web browser does not properly resolve the URL wait until the browser has finished starting up and then try again Bare Bones Software gratefully acknowledges John Norstad for providing the URL parsing code Text Options You can use the Text Options command in the Edit menu to change the way TextWrangler edits text and the way it displays text and additional elements in its windows When you choose this command TextWrangler will drop a Text Options sheet in the current text window The controls on the Text Options sheet are divided into two parts the Editing options on the left control the way TextWrangler behaves while you type and the Display options on the right control the appearance of the TextWrangler window Editing Options
204. h menu commands to continue searching it See Chapter 7 for more information on searching The Open button opens the selected items using TextWrangler To open the selected items using the Finder hold down the Option key while clicking the Open button Search Results Browsers 173 174 Error Results Browsers When you check the syntax of a Unix script or run a script which generates any errors TextWrangler will open an error results browser to list those errors s KoK hello_error py Python Errors m 1 Error 0 Warnings 0 Notes Open Error File hello SyntaxError EOL while scanning string literal 5 8 Ta AY Last Saved 04 08 2012 15 08 26 l J q File Path v Library Application Support TextWrangler Scripts hello_error py no symbol selected Oy y usr bin pythor print Hello World print oops there s an error in this script Rune Each entry in the list pane corresponds to an error warning or note You can use the checkboxes for each type of item to suppress or display the associated results as desired If you click on a entry in the file list TextWrangler will open the corresponding file in the text display pane and select the section of text related to the error Chapter 9 Browsers CHAPTER Preferences You can use the Preferences command to customize much of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which windows are open when you launch TextWrangler set the d
205. hapter 12 Chapter 13 Appendix A Appendix B Unix Scripting and the Command Line 225 Configuring TextWrangler 0 0 cece eee eee eee ee 225 Syntax Coloring 225 Switching Between Counterpart Files 226 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line 226 Installing the Command Line Tools 226 The edit Command Line Tool 226 The twdiff Command Line Tool 227 The twfind Command Line Tool 227 Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 229 Using Unix Scripts 229 Language Resources 229 Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps 230 Line Endings Permissions and Unix Scripts 230 Configuring Perl 231 Configuring Python 231 Configuring Ruby 231 Shebang Menu 231 Filters and Scripts 232 Filters 233 Scripts 234 Additional Notes 234 Language Modules 235 Language Modules 0 0 eiior i cee eir De nees 235 Installing Language Modules 235 Overriding Existing Modules 236 Codeless Language Modules 236 Code based Language Modules 236 Language Module Compatibility 236 Plug In Obsolescence 0000s 237 Command Reference 239 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 0 0 0 ce eee eens 239 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands 0000s eee ee 240 Available Key Combinations 240 Listing by Menu and Command Name 0000 00 eee 241 Listing by Default Key
206. he radio button It is useful for identifying the location of gremlins but not their value The replacement character can be specified not only as any typeable character but also by using any of the special characters defined for text searches including hex escapes See Special Characters on page 120 In some cases this option could be counterproductive since hex escapes xNN can themselves be used to insert unprintable characters Text Menu Commands 111 112 Entab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecutive space characters which should be converted into tabs This transformation is useful when you are copying content from many online sources which use spaces to line up columns of text If you do not use a monospaced font columns usually will not line up unless you entab the text first Detab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecutive spaces which should replace each tab This command is useful when you are preparing text for use in a program which has no concept of tabs as column separators for email transmission and similar purposes Normalize Line Endings This command converts a document containing mixed line endings to have a uniform set of line endings If you open a file which contains a mixture of Mac Unix and DOS Windows line endings the Translate Line Breaks option may not suffice to properly convert the document for viewin
207. he Edit menu and using the Apply to Left or Apply to Right button to apply the differences to the desired file If a Differences window is open and is the frontmost window the Compare Again command in the Search menu will recompare the two files being compared and refresh the list of differences accordingly The small button with the circular icon between the Apply to Left and Apply to Right buttons performs the same function Preserving a List of Differences When a Differences window is active you can save the currently listed differences to a plain text file by using the Export command in the File menu Compare Against Disk File You can use the Compare Against Disk File command to compare the contents of the active document against the disk file for that same document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Multi File Compare Options You can compare multiple files at once by selecting the Folders button in the Find Differences dialog TextWrangler lists all the files in each folder and displays a directional arrow icon to denote files which exist only in one folder eee Differences slightly more complicated diff folder 1 directory inc vs slightly more complicated diff folder 2 directory inc v Bm Bioontect slightly more complicated diff folder 1 script htmi slightly more complicated directory inc z z F rae ea no symbol selected B
208. here affect only that window To change the display characteristics for text windows that you will open in the future use the Appearance preference panel 86 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Line numbers This option displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Gutter This option shows or hides the gutter in the window Toolbar This option shows or hides the toolbar in the window Navigation bar This option shows or hides the navigation bar in the window Page guide This option shows or hides the page guide in the window Tab stops This option shows or hides tab stop indicators in the window Show invisibles This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins other invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols Symbol Meaning A tab space non breaking space a line break q page break other non printing or special characters If you turn on Show Invisibles the Show Spaces option will become available allowing you to enable display of the visually noisy space characters if you desire Syntax Coloring When this option is selected and the editing window contains a document in a programming language TextWrangler recognizes TextWrangler displays keywords and other language elements in color TextWrangler uses several methods to determine what language if any to
209. hexadecimal escapes to search for any desired 8 bit character Character Matches r or n line break t tab f page break form feed Chapter 7 Searching Character Matches xNN hexadecimal character code NN for example xOD for CR x NNNN any number of hexadecimal characters NN for example x 0 will match a null x 304F will match a Japanese Unicode character backslash 6699 The form of a hex escape is xNN where N is any single hex digit 0 9 A F The x may be upper or lower case You can use the ASCII Table in the Window menu to find the hex value for any 8 bit Macintosh character You can perform a literal search for any character including a null using this option Malformed escapes are treated as literal strings Multi File Searching The main difference between single file searching and multi file searching is that to perform a multi file search you must specify the files to be searched TextWrangler gives you a great deal of flexibility in how to do this You can search all the files in a given folder in open editing windows or in an existing search results browser For even greater control you can select a diverse set of search sources or apply TextWrangler s advanced file filtering capabilities When you start a search TextWrangler will display a search progress window and return control so that you can continue working You can perfor
210. hird party commercial plug in please contact its developer for information on alternative solutions Readme txt file This file contains an abbreviated description of the default contents of TextWrangler s application support folder Scripts TextWrangler will automatically create this folder if it does not exist The Scripts folder may contain AppleScript files and executable Unix files scripts Items placed in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu left and you may place items within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them You may run these items from the Scripts menu the floating Scripts palette or via assigned key equivalents You may use the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel to assign a key equivalent to any item in the Scripts menu TextWrangler runs such items by simply loading the item and calling it directly without providing any inputs Naturally AppleScript scripts may query TextWrangler for more information and Unix scripts may obtain information from the environment variables that TextWrangler sets while text factories will use their stored target list if any If you are upgrading from a version prior to TextWrangler 4 5 TextWrangler 5 will copy all your existing Unix scripts into this folder the first time you launch it If you are upgrading from a version prior to 3 0 you must instead manually move or copy over any customized scripts that you wish to preserve Note also that scripts
211. ht color Text Encodings Preferences The top of the Text Encodings preference panel contains an alphabetical list of every character set encoding available in the system and allows you to choose which of these encodings TextWrangler includes in its menus These menu are e The Read As popup menu in the Open dialog Text Encodings Preferences 191 192 Tip e The Encoding popup menu in the Options dialog within the Save dialog e The Encoding popup in the status bar e The character set popup menus in various HTML tools dialogs including the New HTML Document dialog e The encoding selection popup menus in this preference panel To include an encoding for display select it and click Enable To remove an encoding from display select it and click Disable To include all encodings or remove all but the required the encodings click the Enable All or Disable All buttons respectively All available Unicode encodings are permanently enabled and cannot be turned off To keep the length of the encoding menus manageable you should add only those encodings which you use frequently Default text encoding for new documents TextWrangler uses the encoding specified by this option for new documents which do not contain an intrinsic encoding specification If file s encoding can t be guessed try If TextWrangler cannot determine a file s proper encoding by examination it will try opening the file using the encoding s contained in
212. ich you should be aware The Find dialog has been split in two with a Find window for searching only the front document and a Multi File search window for searches which span more than one document including folders arbitrary open documents results browsers from prior searches etc The set of search options which configure how text is actually searched for single file searches has been condensed down to a single pair of options Selected text only and Wrap around e Selected text only affects only the Find All and Replace All operations if there is a selection range in the front document these operations will affect search only the contents of the selection range if this option is on or the entire document starting from the top if this option is off 117 118 e Wrap around affects only the Next Previous Replace and Replace amp Find operations if this option is on and the search reaches the end or the beginning of the document then TextWrangler will continue the search from the appropriate end of the document Keyboard navigation is considerably different due to the Find and Multi File Search windows modeless nature e Pressing the Return or Enter key with focus in the Find field will perform Next in the Find window or Find All in the Multi File Search window e Pressing the Escape key will close the window e Choosing an appropriate command in
213. icode Files When opening files TextWrangler will ordinarily determine the format of a file based on its file type and content and automatically process Macintosh text Unicode and UTF 8 However some files are structured such that TextWrangler is unable to correctly determine their format based on their type or contents The cases that we know of are e UTF 8 files which lack a byte order mark and do not contain any encoding specification or any extended characters If a UTF 8 has a byte order mark TextWrangler will correctly interpret its contents as UTF 8 e Byte swapped Unicode files which were written without a byte order mark usually by broken Windows software e Unicode files which lack a byte order mark If you know that a file you are trying to open is in Unicode but it displays as gibberish on your screen close its window without saving Then try reopening the file using the Open As pop up menu in the Open dialog to specify whether to treat the file as Unicode byte swapped little endian Unicode or UTF 8 If you attempt to open a document which cannot be represented by either its declared encoding or any recognizable encoding TextWrangler will present an alert to warn you Also if TextWrangler encounters such a file during a multi file search it will log a warning Accessing FTP SFTP Servers TextWrangler can open files directly from and save them to any available FTP server It can also open and save files dire
214. if necessary then click to set the insertion point where the text is to be inserted 4 Choose Paste from the Edit menu You can paste the contents of the clipboard as many times as you want in any TextWrangler window or in any other application Pasting inserts the text stored on the clipboard at the insertion point If there is a selection pasting replaces the selection with the contents of the clipboard To place text on the clipboard without deleting it choose Copy from the Edit menu To add selected text to the existing contents of the clipboard hold down the Shift key as you choose the Cut or Copy command When you hold down the Shift key TextWrangler changes these commands to Cut amp Append and Copy amp Append Multiple Clipboards TextWrangler supports six separate clipboards Each time you use the Cut or Copy command TextWrangler automatically switches to the next clipboard wrapping back around to the first clipboard after the sixth This way the last six things you copied or cut are always available for pasting sort of a clipboard history By default the Paste command pastes text from the most recently used clipboard so if you do nothing special TextWrangler works just like any other Macintosh program However by using the Previous Clipboard command in the Edit menu you can access the previous clipboard contents Next Clipboard moves forward through the clipboard history Once you have selected a clipboard
215. ile will never be backed up even if Make backup before saving is turned on in the global preferences Expert preferences settings In addition to the preference settings which can be made through the Preferences window TextWrangler supports a number of expert preferences which you can adjust by issuing an appropriate defaults write command The Expert Preferences page within TextWrangler s built in Help book choose TextWrangler Help from the Help menu contains a complete current listing of these options The Setup Window The Setup window allows you to manage several types of configuration info which TextWrangler uses including FTP SFTP bookmarks file filters and grep search patterns In versions prior to 4 0 most of this information was managed through the Preferences window Bookmarks This panel lists any bookmarks you have created for FTP and SFTP servers You may click the plus button to create a new bookmark double click any bookmark item to edit its stored options or rename it or select a bookmark and click the minus button to remove it Filters The Filters panel lists all the file filters you have defined for use with multi file searches Find Differences and disk browsers You may click the plus button to create a new filter double click any filter item to edit its stored options or rename it or select a filter and click the minus button to remove it For more i
216. in the current document i e all available functions and markers You can navigate this list with the arrow keys or type to filter the displayed list of symbols Functions The following four commands will be available in any document which contains recognizable functions Reveal Start End When you choose one of these commands TextWrangler will move the insertion point to a position immediately before the start or immediately after the end of the current function where a function is any item which appears on the function popup menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Go to Previous Next When you choose one of these commands TextWrangler will select the name of the previous or next function in the document where a function is any item which appears on the function popup menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Chapter 7 Searching Markers When you choose this command TextWrangler opens a floating window which lists any markers associated with the active document For information about setting markers see Using Markers on page 98 You can filter the list by typing a partial marker name into the search box Jump Points The following commands are available in any document Previous When you choose this command Text
217. in this chapter for more information 6 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box to begin the search Chapter 7 Searching The table below tells you what each of the buttons does This button Does this aa Find All Finds all occurrences of the search string in all the files in the selected search sources TextWrangler displays the results in a search results browser Replace All Finds all occurrences of the search string in all the files in the selected search sources and replaces them with the replace string Options Brings up the Search Options sheet Save Set Creates an entry under the Saved Search Sets heading in the search sources list which you can later choose to reselect the same search sources Other Select arbitrary file s or folder s to add to the search sources Find All and Multi File Search Results When you perform a Find All search either on a single file or across multiple files TextWrangler will open a search results browser which lists every occurrence of the search string in the selected file s eco builtwithbbedit htmi Search Results BBEdit 0 Errors 0 Warnings 6155 Notes Open 6155 occurrences of BBEdit found in 321 files Y builtwithbbedit htm 28 occurrences found File builtwithbbedit html Line 7 lt title gt Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit lt title gt File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 85 lt p class title gt Built with
218. inds all the occurrences of the search string and displays the results in a search results browser Replace Replaces the current selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces every occurrence of the search string in the active window with the replace string Replace amp Find Replaces the current selection with the replace string then finds the next occurrence of the text in the active window Once you have entered a search string and also if desired a replace string you can also use the commands in the Search menu to find and replace matches see Search Menu Reference later in this chapter The table below summarizes the most common commands you can use at this point This command Does this Find Next Finds the next occurrence of the search string To reverse the search direction hold down Shift Replace Replaces the selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces all occurrences of the search string within the document with the replace string Basic Searching and Replacing 119 120 This command Does this Replace to End Replaces every occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point to the end of the document with the replace string Replace amp Find Replaces the selection with the replace string Again and looks for the search string again Search Settings The checkboxes in the Find window lets you control how TextWrangler searches
219. ine additional file filters in the Filters panel of the Setup window Toggle Editor Button Click this button to collapse or expand the browser s text view pane This button has the same effect as choosing the View Hide Editor command in the View menu Contextual Menu Commands If you select one or more items in the file list pane and bring up the contextual menu TextWrangler will offer a variety of commands including those available from the Action menu Dragging Items You can select and drag files and folders from a disk browser s file list to any location either within TextWrangler or elsewhere which can accept file or folder drags For example you can drag a file from a disk browser to an editing window to insert its contents or to a folder in the Finder to copy or move it Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers The list pane of a disk browser displays disks files and folders When you are at the computer level the list shows all mounted volumes When you click a folder or disk in the list pane TextWrangler displays the names of all the files it can open in the text pane subject to the criteria specified by the Show and Filter menus When you click a file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text pane To open a folder or disk and display its contents in the file list pane you can either double click it or Select it and press Command Down Arrow To go up one level to the enclosing folder
220. ings which cover the most common usages for each supported language while each language module ordinarily contains extension mappings for the language it supports You may add or remove additional extension mapping via the Custom Extension Mappings list To add a mapping click the plus button below the list click in the Suffix column and type the desired filename extension then select the associated language via the adjacent popup You can also edit existing mappings in the same manner You can use wildcards in the suffix to indicate single characters any number of characters or a single digit For example page html could map to a different language from html Languages Preferences 187 188 Menus amp Shortcuts Preferences The Menus amp Shortcuts preferences allow you to show or hide whole menus or individual commands You can also assign key equivalents to commands and various window elements as well as to clippings and scripts e Preferences g Appearance A 3 PENSI Menu key equivalents and item visibility Application TextWrangler Preferences File Setup LA Editing Edit Hide TextWrangler XH Text Hide Others XH i View Quit TextWrangl a Editor Defaults gler a Search Go Keyboard a z Window om laa Languages a Scripts Toolbar Menus amp Shortcuts Navigation Bar Status Bar rem Printing Side Bar Items Find Windows 3349 Text
221. ins with the letter C and ends with the letter I with any number of letters in between What exactly do you put between them that means any number of letters That is what this chapter is all about Note Grep is the name of a frequently used Unix command that searches using regular expressions the same type of search pattern used by TextWrangler For this reason you will often see regular expressions called grep patterns as TextWrangler does They re the same thing Writing Search Patterns This section explains how to create search patterns using TextWrangler s grep syntax For readers with prior experience this is essentially like the syntax used for regular expressions in the Perl programming language However you do not need to understand anything about Perl in order to make use of TextWrangler s grep searching Most Characters Match Themselves Most characters that you type into the Find window match themselves For instance if you are looking for the letter t Grep stops and reports a match when it encounters a t in the text This idea is so obvious that it seems not worth mentioning but the important thing to remember is that these characters are search patterns Very simple patterns to be sure but patterns nonetheless Escaping Special Characters In addition to the simple character matching discussed above there are various special characters that have different meanings when used i
222. ion Bar Document navigation Marker menu Counterpart button Included files menu Editing Window Tab stops Line numbers Gutter Text Status Bar Cursor position Function menu Sort items by name Show comment callouts Show function prototypes Page guide at 90 Guide contrast characters Document lock state IMPORTANT 176 Language Document save date a Text Encodings Text encoding Document statistics TD Line break type Text Magnification Text Files List display font System Font Regular 11 Select Restore Defaults To select a preference panel click its name in the list at the left side of the window The text area at the top of the Preferences window gives you a brief description of the options provided by the currently displayed preference panel TextWrangler s Preferences window is non modal you can leave it open and change preference settings while you work or close it at any time by clicking its close button or by choosing Close Window from the File menu Any changes you make to preference options take effect immediately unless otherwise indicated TextWrangler employs the standard system preferences mechanism to store your preference settings Accordingly you can modify preference options directly by issuing defaults write commands However if you choose to modify your preferences by means of defaults write commands other than those documented in this manual or the Expert P
223. ior If the checkbox is turned off clicking in the left margin simply moves the insertion point to the beginning of the clicked line 78 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler New Arrow Keys You can use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down and augment these movements with the Command Option and Control keys No Modifier Option Command Control Up Up one line Up one screen Start of moves document selected line up Down Down one line Down one End of moves selected screen document line down Left Left one Left one word Start of line Previous case character transition or word boundary Right Right one Right one word End of line Next case character transition or word boundary Holding down the Shift key extends the selection For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point CamelCase Navigation TextWrangler supports CamelCase navigation CamelCase also camel case is the practice of writing intercapitalized compound words or phrases it is used as a standard naming convention in several programming languages and as an automatic link creation method in wiki content You can move from one part of a CamelCase word to the next by holding the Control key down and tapping the right or left arrow key to jump to the next or previous transition from lower case to upper case or the next word boundary whichever comes first
224. ior of newly created document windows and documents without saved state information Many of the options in this panel parallel options provided in the Text Options sheet and in the Text Options popup in the toolbar The difference is that the options in the Text Options sheet and the Text Options popup control only the behavior of the active window while the Editor Defaults preferences control the behavior of all new windows Auto indent When this option is selected pressing the Return key in new windows automatically inserts spaces or tabs to indent the new line to the same level as the previous line To temporarily invert the sense of the Auto Indent option while typing hold down the Option key as you press the Return key Balance while typing When this option is selected TextWrangler flashes the matching open parenthesis brace bracket or curly quote when you type a closing one This option is useful when you are editing source files to ensure that all delimiters are balanced Use typographer s quotes When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically substitutes curly or typographer s quotes for straight quotes in any new documents you create To type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a curly quote when the option is deselected hold down the Control key as you type a single or double quote You should avoid using typographer s quotes when creating or editing any plain t
225. ire line For example foos will only match foo on a line by itself with no other characters Try it against these three lines to see for yourself foobar foo fighting foo The pattern will only match the second line Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Other Positional Assertions TextWrangler s grep engine supports additional positional assertions very similar to and Escape Matches A only at the beginning of the document as opposed to which matches at the beginning of the document and also at the beginning of each line b any word boundary defined as any position between a w character and a W character in either order B any position that is not a word boundary z at the end of the document as opposed to which matches at the end of the document and also at the end of each line Z at the end of the document or before a trailing return at the end of the doc if there is one Examples the text matched by the pattern is underlined Search for Will match Will match Will not match Search for Will match Will match Search for Will match Will not match bf oo b bar foo bar foo bar foobar bJane b Jane s Tell Jane about the monkey Afoo foobar This is good foo Writing Search Patterns 141 142 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters The character class construct lets you specify a set or a range of ch
226. is text text text goes goes goes on the in the on the left middle right This text doesn t go anywhere Filling Down When you apply the Paste Column command and the pasted text contains no line break or only a single line break at the end TextWrangler will perform a fill down placing a copy of the pasted text on each line within the selected column Further Details Some word processors also provide support for rectangular selections which works a little differently than TextWrangler s so you may wish to keep this difference in mind Typically when you copy a rectangular selection of text to the clipboard in these programs they handle that piece of text differently than text copied from a line by line selection Then when you paste the text will be entered in a block even when you have not made a rectangular selection to paste into TextWrangler does not do this Instead when you copy a rectangular selection to the clipboard TextWrangler turns the selection into a series of individual lines which is why you must make a rectangular selection before pasting so TextWrangler will know it should paste the text in block fashion Though this method does require an extra step it is more flexible because you can select a set of lines and then paste it as a block or vice versa 82 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Scrolling the View Accelerated Scrolling When clicking the arrows in a scroll bar you can us
227. is for casting a wide net TextWrangler will look for matches in the following locations in order of preference e If there is a disk browser open TextWrangler will search within its current root directory e Otherwise TextWrangler will look first in the same folder as the file containing the selected file name and then in any subfolders within that folder If TextWrangler cannot find the file in any of these places it will display a Choose Folder dialog to allow you to locate the file manually You can navigate the list of potential matches by using the up and down arrow keys or the mouse pointer and open any listed file by selecting it and typing Return or Enter or clicking the Open button If TextWrangler does not locate any potential matches you can still search for the file as before The search will skip locations where such a file would have already been found i e the current file s parent directory If you type a string which appears to be an absolute or a home relative path e g path to some file txt or Documents some file txt TextWrangler will cease searching and when you type Return or Enter or click the Open button TextWrangler will attempt to open the file at that path if it exists If you type a string which appears to be a URL TextWrangler will attempt to open it directly or hand it off to an application that can TextWrangler supports a number of schemes including file
228. ker command from the Mark popup menu identified by the icon shown at left or Control click the selected text and choose Set Marker from the contextual menu TextWrangler opens a sheet so that you can name the marker If you have selected a range of text the sheet will contain the first characters of the selection ee index html I Fil Marker name BBEdit Cancel Set lt div id boxen gt lt div class homebox gt lt h2 gt BBEdit lt h2 gt sa href fnnadurte Ihhadit asim 3 Click Set to set the marker Tip If you hold down the Option key as you choose Set Marker TextWrangler sets the marker using the leading characters of the selected text as the name of the marker without displaying a dialog box Clearing Markers To clear a marker 1 Choose the Clear Markers command from the Mark popup menu TextWrangler displays the list of markers 2 Select the marker you want to delete 3 Click Clear to clear the marker TextWrangler also offers a Clear All Markers command which clears all the markers in the document in one fell swoop You can access this command by holding down the Option key and using the Mark popup menu Using Grep to Set Markers You can use the Find amp Mark All command in the Mark popup menu to mark text that matches a grep pattern To learn more about using grep patterns see Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Using Markers 99 To use a grep pattern to mark text 1 Choose the Find amp
229. lace with code Replace with HTML entity Cancel Zap The checkboxes on the left hand side of the sheet determine which types of characters the Zap Gremlins command affects while the radio buttons on the right hand side determine what to do with gremlins that are found Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Zap Non ASCII characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all characters in the file that do not fall in the 7 bit or ASCII range Examples of such characters include special Macintosh characters such as bullets and typographer s quotes and and as well as all multi byte characters In general such special characters are those that you type by holding down the Option key Zap Control characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps a specific range of invisible low ASCII characters also known as control characters Control characters can cause compilers and other text processing utilities to malfunction and are therefore undesirable in many files Zap Null ASCII 0 characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all instances of the null character ASCII 0 Like other control characters nulls can cause many programming tools and text processing utilities to malfunction This specific option is included in case you want to remove only nulls without affecting other control characters that may be present in a file Delete This option removes the zapped character complet
230. le the toolbar displays the full path to the document s disk file and the last time the file was saved If the document has not been saved to disk the toolbar displays New Document instead of a file name Windows in which the toolbar is not directly below the window title bar for example disk browsers and search results do not have a toolbar control but do honor the global toolbar preference You can also use the Text Options sheet to show and hide the toolbar on a per window basis Window Anatomy 63 The icons on the toolbar are indicators buttons and popup menus that give you quick access to commonly used functions The following table explains each icon Icon Meaning The Text Options popup menu contains commands such as Soft Wrap Text Show Page Guide and Show Invisibles that T let you control how text is displayed in the window The document proxy icon represents the current document Clicking this icon will open the document information panel iy see the following section for further details Command clicking on this icon has the same effect as choosing Reveal EF in Finder from the View menu it opens a Finder window that contains the document You can also drag the document proxy icon to any other application or you can drag it to the Trash which is the same as choosing Close amp Delete from the File menu Key Equivalents for Toolbar Menu Items You can assign keyboard shortcuts to items on the Text
231. leScripts and Unix filters which you may apply to the active document via the Apply Text Filter command in the Text menu When you apply such an item TextWrangler will pass either the selected text or the contents of the active document if there is no selection as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point within your AppleScript and your script should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selected text or the contents of the document If your script does not contain a RunFromTextWrangler entry point TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 215 IMPORTANT TextWrangler s Scripting Model This section provides a high level overview of TextWrangler s scripting model that will where appropriate contrast the current scripting framework against older versions of TextWrangler and suggest how you can modify your existing scripts for compatibility Because TextWrangler s scripting dictionary changes whenever we add features it should be considered the definitive reference in any situation where it and this document differ We have found Script Debugger from Late Night Software to be an excellent tool for browsing and navigating TextWrangler s scripting dictionary as well as for preparing and testing scripts http www latenightsw com Script Compatibility Scripts prepared for older versions may n
232. lected file name and then in any subfolders within that folder e If TextWrangler cannot find the file in any of these places it will display a Choose Folder dialog to allow you to locate the file manually In some cases there may be more than one file with the same name in the various folders TextWrangler looks in Normally TextWrangler opens the first such file it encounters and then stops Using the Open File by Name Commands If there is no selection or there is no text display view in the front window Open Selection becomes Open File by Name Choosing this command brings up the Open File by Name window ee Open File by Name Qru gt untilted13 txt Documents gt untitled text new document new docum nt Cancel Open Opening Existing Documents 45 46 Activating the Open File by Name window or choosing the menu command will place keyboard focus in the search box and select its contents so that you can just start typing To clear an existing entry click the clear widget at the right hand edge of the field As you type TextWrangler will search for files matching the current string as well as wildcard matches and present a list of possible matches in the bottom panel of the window If the string you enter contains wildcard characters see below then TextWrangler will treat it as a wildcard pattern If the string you enter does not contain wildcards TextWrangler will instead use it as a bas
233. ler will follow the alias Preserve file name extension By default the backup files which TextWrangler creates are named in accordance with current system conventions which themselves follow the old Emacs convention the backup file takes the name of the original with a tilde appended for example foo html is the backup of foo html If you want backup files to have the same filename extension as the originals turn on this option to have TextWrangler place the tilde after the base name of the file for example foo html Controlling Backups with Emacs Variables You may also use an Emacs variable to control whether or not a given file is backed up There are two ways to do this Text Files Preferences 193 194 Absolute If the variable line block contains a make backup files variable that variable s value will override the global Make Backup Before Saving preference make backup files 1 gt always back up this file make backup files 0 gt never back up this file 66 99 66 If the first letter of the variable s value is y t or 1 the value is yes otherwise it s no These are all synonymous make backup files yes make backup files y make backup files true make backup files t make backup files 1 Inhibit If the variable s line block contains a backup inhibited variable and its value is true see above then the f
234. ler does not include non text files when comparing folders Use file filter File filters allow you to select files for comparison with great precision If either file in a compared pair matches the filter the files are eligible for comparison if neither file matches the filter the files will not be compared See Chapter 7 Searching for more information on creating editing and using file filters When comparing folders with the Find Differences command TextWrangler applies any specified file filter to the contents of the resulting Only in new and Only in old lists so that only those files that match the filter criteria will appear in the lists Using Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Mark popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the file The navigation bar must be visible in order to access the Mark popup menu Choose Show Navigation Bar from the View menu to display the Navigation bar if it s hidden If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu in the document window Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Setting Markers To set a marker 1 Select the text you want to mark 2 Choose the Set Mar
235. ler recognizes and the suffixes or extensions it expects for them are listed in the Languages preference panel and suffix mappings can also be changed there You can choose the colors that TextWrangler uses for syntax coloring in the Text Colors preference panel Note TextWrangler will recognize and syntax color VBScript embedded within HTML via the lt gt and lt SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT gt tags How TextWrangler Wraps Text TextWrangler wraps text in one of two ways soft wrapping or hard wrapping Soft wrapping is like the word wrapping found in most word processors When the insertion point reaches a right margin as you type the word processor automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of the next line You never need to type a carriage return that is press the Return key at the end of a line but only to start a new paragraph If you place the insertion point in the middle of a paragraph and start typing the text reflows so that words that are pushed out beyond the right margin end up on the next line Usually you use soft wrapping when you are editing memos mail messages and other prose It is also useful for HTML documents With soft wrapping you generally do not have to scroll the window horizontally to see all the text in the file Unlike soft wrapping hard wrapping requires a carriage return at the end of every line When soft wrapping is turned off TextWrangler lets you type as far as you like on a line
236. les 93 inserting folder listings 93 inserting page breaks 93 inserting text 93 insertion point 60 Install Command Line Tools 55 226 installing TextWrangler 25 international text 37 41 49 103 invisible characters 87 invisible files 44 on FTP servers 52 K Key Equivalent 246 keyboard shortcuts 240 251 in dialogs 22 L language source code 86 launching TextWrangler 34 line breaks 37 105 line breaks default 37 line ending format 37 line endings 37 Line Number command 134 line number specification 45 line numbers show on printout 57 list display font 180 Little Endian 49 Live Search 130 longest match issue 148 lower case 105 M Mac line breaks see Classic Mac 37 Macintosh Drag and Drop 61 see also drag and drop Mark pop up menu 98 Marker popup menu 68 markers clearing 99 setting 99 menus 21 22 Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel 22 Index 259 Menus preference panel 239 mouse shortcuts 251 moving text 60 moving the cursor 78 using the arrow keys 79 multi byte text 37 41 49 103 multi file comparisons 97 multi file search 121 Multi File Search command 117 multiple clipboards 61 multiple Undo 62 N named subpattern 146 navigation functions 66 navigation bar 65 nested folds 73 New Window with Selection 35 Non Greedy Quantifiers 149 non printing characters 87 120 numeric keypad 83 O Open command 40 options 42 Open dialog 44 Open File by Name command 48 Open from FTP SFTP Serv
237. lipboard Ignore leading white space Sorted lines to new document Reverse sort Sorted lines replace selection Sort using pattern Searching pattern Cancel Sort There are also options for ignoring white space at the beginning of lines taking case distinctions into account sorting strings of digits by numerical value instead of lexically and sorting in descending rather than ascending order By checking the Sort Using Pattern option you can specify a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be sorted If the pattern contains subpatterns you can use them to control the sort order based on the contents of the strings they match When you sort using a grep pattern the Case Sensitive option controls the case sensitivity of the pattern match in the same manner as the equivalent option in the Find dialog Text Menu Commands 107 IMPORTANT IMPORTANT For example suppose you are sorting a list of cities together with their two letter state abbreviations separated by a tab character The pattern and subpatterns shown in the figure will sort the results first by city name and second by state abbreviation Changing the contents of the Specific Sub Patterns field from 1 2 to 2 1 will instead sort the results by state first and by city second When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically anchored to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem
238. ll up 7 8 left show Right 4 D 6 end of line down Scroll down 1 2 3 You can use the Shift key with the keys on the numeric keypad to extend a selection You can use the Command and Option keys with the 2 4 6 and 8 keys as you would the arrow keys Line Number Command To move the insertion point to a specific line use the Line Number command in the Go menu When you choose this command TextWrangler opens a sheet in the frontmost document Type the number of the line you want to move to and click Go To The Line Number command will also accept relative inputs Entering a value prefixed with will add that value to the current line number For example with the insertion point in line 100 75 will move to line 175 75 will go to line 25 As always when you enter an unsigned number TextWrangler will move to the specified line number The Line Number command honors the Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views option in the Editing preference panel Function Keys If your keyboard has function keys you can use the following key equivalents for cutting and pasting to scroll and to move the insertion point No Modifier Option Command Shift del forward delete delete to delete to end of end of line word Home scroll to top of move document insertion point to start of document End scroll to end of move document insertion point to end of document Chapter 4 Editing Text wit
239. lly check for updates option in the Application preferences panel You can also directly check for updates at any time by choosing Check for Updates in the TextWrangler application menu In order to update TextWrangler when future versions become available you need only apply the update when prompted Alternatively you may quit TextWrangler and manually replace your existing copy with the updated version The first time you launch a newer version of the software TextWrangler will prompt you for any further actions which may be needed such as updating the command line tools Copies of TextWrangler obtained through the Mac App Store do not include the update check feature instead updates will be delivered through the App Store app Upgrading from a Previous Version If you are upgrading from any version prior to TextWrangler 3 0 in addition to installing the current application you will need to manually copy over any items you wish to use from your existing TextWrangler Support folder into TextWrangler s application support folder You should not simply rename your existing TextWrangler Support folder Please carefully read the remainder of this chapter since the organization of TextWrangler s supporting files has changed considerably We have provided specific suggestions and tips for transferring your customized support items in each category Converting from TextWrangler to BBEdit If you are using TextWrangler
240. log box control how the search is performed and the options on the right side control what happens to the lines that are found Find lines containing Case sensitive _ Grep bbedit Delete matched lines Copy to clipboard Report results Copy to new document Cancel Process To specify a search pattern enter it in the Find Lines Containing field If you do not want TextWrangler to match text when the letters in the text differ from the letters in the search string only by case upper case versus lower case select Case Sensitive To search using a grep pattern select Use Grep and enter the pattern in the text field You can also select a predefined search pattern from the Patterns popup menu If the selection ends in a trailing carriage return the carriage return will be omitted from the search string copied into the text field The checkboxes on the right of the sheet control the way lines containing the specified search pattern will be processed By selecting the appropriate combinations of these options you can achieve the effect of applying various editing commands to each line Setting both Copy to Clipboard and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Cut command e Setting Copy to Clipboard on and Delete Matched Lines off is equivalent to applying the Copy command e Setting Copy to Clipboard off and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Clear command Text Menu Commands 109 110 The
241. long that it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short line TextWrangler joins all the lines together to form a single paragraph and then wraps the text to a width of 65 characters The Paragraph Indentation buttons let you indent paragraphs after they have been wrapped e Flush Left does not indent paragraphs at all e First Line indents all lines in the paragraph by one tab stop e Reverse places the first line in the paragraph flush against the left edge of the window and indents all other lines in the paragraph by one tab stop Mark the Relative to First Line checkbox to make any paragraph indents relative to the original indent of the first line of the selection or document If you want paragraph indents to be relative to the left margin of the document make sure this checkbox is not marked Click the Wrap button to perform the Hard Wrap command or cancel to dismiss the sheet Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip Tip Tip If you hold down the Option key as you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler uses the last Hard Wrap settings to perform the operation without displaying a sheet The Insert Submenu In addition to typing you can use the commands in the Insert submenu of the Edit menu to insert text into the active window These commands which are also available in the Insert popup menu left in the document toolbar let you insert the contents of other files folder listings Maci
242. m more than one multi file searches at a time each search will have its own progress window Closing a search s progress window or clicking Cancel in the progress window will stop the operation and TextWrangler will display a search results browser containing any matches found up to that point Multi File Searching 121 122 Starting a Search To search for a string in multiple files do the following steps 1 Choose Multi File Search from the Search menu or type Command Shift F to open the Multi File Search window if it is not already open eo Multi File Search i g Replace Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in My Files amp Folders Other Saved Search Sets gt Open Editing Windows gt Open Text Documents Recent Folders Save Set Options Filter none B nothing to search 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field Be sure to read the section Multi File Replacing later in this chapter if you want to perform replace operations 4 Turn on any search options that you want to apply to your search To learn more about these options see Search Settings earlier in this chapter 5 Drag a folder to the search target area to search its contents or select any of the available search sources in the Sources list to specify the set of files to search See Specifying the Search Set later
243. ment s last saved date and time if applicable in the status bar Appearance Preferences 179 180 Document statistics When this option is on TextWrangler displays an item in the status bar which shows the number of characters words and lines in the document and if there s a selection the number of characters words and lines in the selection range List Display Font This option controls the font and size used to display text in browser list panes including disk browser search results browsers etc To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel and choose the desired font and size The default setting is 11 point Lucida Grande Application Preferences The Application preferences control how TextWrangler checks for updates when open files are verified what action TextWrangler performs at startup and various other global settings Open documents into the front window This option controls whether TextWrangler should attempt to open newly created or opened documents into the frontmost window if possible or whether each document should open directly into a separate text window This option is active by default and while it is TextWrangler will handle documents in the following manner When you open an existing document TextWrangler will open the document into the frontmost editing window and bring that window to the front if it is not already there When you create a new document via
244. n a grep pattern than in a normal search The use of these characters is covered in the following sections Chapter 8 Searching with Grep However sometimes you will need to include an exact or literal instance of these characters in your grep pattern In this case you must use the backslash character before that special character to have it be treated literally this is known as escaping the special character To search for a backslash character itself double it so that its first appearance will escape the second For example perhaps the most common special character in grep is the dot In grep a dot character will match any character except a return But what if you only want to match a literal dot If you escape the dot it will only match another literal dot character in your text So most characters match themselves and even the special characters will match themselves if they are preceded by a backslash TextWrangler s grep syntax coloring helps make this clear Note When passing grep patterns to TextWrangler via AppleScript be aware that both the backslash and double quote characters have special meaning to AppleScript In order to pass these through correctly you must escape them in your script Thus to pass r for a carriage return to TextWrangler you must write r in your AppleScript string Writing Search Patterns 139 140 Note Wildcards Match Types of Characters These
245. n object of that class So here we are looking at the class itself each individual window object has all these properties After a tag line that tells you about the class an open window comes the plural form AppleScript lets you refer to windows either singly or as a group so it needs to know what the plural of every term is For example try this little script tell application TextWrangler to count windows The result of this script is the total number of window objects currently displayed by TextWrangler After the plural form comes a list of properties Some objects do not have properties for example a string but many applications do An object s properties are merely a collection of data that describes that particular object For example as you look down the list of window properties you will see that every window has a name every window has a position every window has bounds the area of the screen it covers and so on 202 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler The first item on the list though is lt inheritance gt item This tells you that a window is a kind of item and that it therefore has all the properties of an item Take a quick look at item s class definition shown below e000 TextWrangler sdef Qr Terminology Required Suite gt pais Hintan 4 B text a tandard Suite gt atalka Bi document 0 iscellanenus gt tool window E document BBEdit Suite gt H window jp E bounds
246. n on documents and files Text Display This submenu contains commands which control various text formatting and display options You can set key equivalents for any of these commands under the Text Display entry of the View menu in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel You can also adjust many of the same options via the Text Options command in the Edit menu Show Hide Fonts This command toggles display of the standard system font panel which you can use to set the font font size text style and tab spacing for the active document The chosen display style will be used for all text in the window TextWrangler does not support the use of selective text styles The font changes you make by using this command affect only the active document To set the default font size style and tab width for all documents use the Default Font option in the Editor Defaults preference panel Soft Wrap Text This command toggles the use of soft wrapping in the current document See Soft Wrapping on page 89 Show Hide Page Guide This command toggles display of the page guide in the current document See Page guide on page 87 Show Hide Tab Stops This command toggles display of tab stops in the current document See Tab stops on page 87 Show Hide Line Numbers This command toggles display of line numbers in the current document See Line numbers on page 87 Show Hide Gutter This command toggles display o
247. n syntax coloring is active for a document Balance including auto balance will ignore balance characters that appear inside strings or comments Balance amp Fold This command behaves identically to Balance above except that in addition to locating the paired delimiters TextWrangler will also generate a fold range including the delimiters and all the text they contain Fold Selection This command generates a fold range from the currently selected text You can use Unfold Selection below or double click the fold indicator to expand the fold When there is no active selection this command is disabled 76 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Unfold Selection This command will expand any text folds in the selection range When there is no active selection this command is disabled Collapse Enclosing Fold This command will collapse the auto generated fold that most closely surrounds the current insertion point or the start of the selection range Collapse All Folds This command will collapse all automatic fold points in the current document Expand All Folds This command will expand all text folds in the current document whether automatically generated or manually created Previous Document Next Document You may use these commands to switch between documents within the frontmost text window By default TextWrangler selects documents in most recently viewed order but you can choose to have it select documen
248. n windows e g by clicking its Dock icon while the application is already running To override any of these actions when launching TextWrangler hold down the following modifiers Modifier s Function Option Suppress startup items only Shift Disable all external services and startup items and skip reopening all documents except those which contain unsaved changes Command Disable all external services and startup items Control Shift and optionally discard auto recover information which will result in the loss of any unsaved changes Do Nothing Choose this option to prevent TextWrangler from opening a new text editing window New text document Choose this option to have TextWrangler open a new empty text editing window Reopen documents that were open at last quit When this option is on TextWrangler will remember what documents as well as disk browsers and FTP SFTP browsers were open when you choose the Quit command and will attempt to reopen those documents the next time you launch it This option is on by default Restore unsaved changes When this option is on TextWrangler will preserve the contents of any unsaved document contents when you quit including untitled documents and restore those documents the next time you launch it If you prefer the traditional Quit behavior turn this option off Include documents on servers When this option is on TextWrangler will attempt to reopen documents from r
249. ndow object which in TextWrangler would be window 1 for the frontmost window or window Text File if you want to specify a window by name we will show you how to figure all that out in a moment you have to look at the window class s dictionary entry Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Anything in square brackets is optional Most of the rest of the save event is optional in fact The basic event just saves the frontmost window to the same file from which it was opened However you can also optionally include the word to followed by a file reference You specify a file simply by using the word file followed by the path name of the file as in file Hard Disk Users Adam Documents My file If you specify a file to save the window to the text will be saved into that file instead of the file it came from like using Save As instead of Save The last three optional parts of the save event are denoted as boolean That means they take either a true or a false value In AppleScript there are a couple of different ways to specify boolean values You can write saving as stationery true to tell TextWrangler to save the file as a stationery document Or you can write with saving as stationery You will notice that the last two parameters default to true if you do not specify them as false To do that you would use add to recent list false or without add to recent list Whichever way you write it you will notice that when you compile the script
250. nformation on using file filters in searches see Chapter 7 Chapter 10 Preferences Patterns This list displays all the grep patterns regular expressions you have stored via the Grep pattern popup in the Find and Multi File Search windows These patterns are also available in most commands which allow you to specify grep patterns such as the Process Lines commands in the Text menu You may click the plus button to create a new pattern double click any pattern item to edit its stored options or rename it or select a pattern and click the minus button to remove it The Setup Window 195 196 Chapter 10 Preferences CHAPTER IMPORTANT Scripting TextWrangler TextWrangler offers access to nearly all of its features and commands via AppleScript This chapter provides a brief overview of AppleScript discusses TextWrangler s scripting model and explains how you can use scripts within TextWrangler An excellent way to learn how to script TextWrangler is to look at the scripts others have written for it or to turn on recording in your script editor while you perform actions in TextWrangler A number of example scripts are included in the standard distribution package The TextWrangler Talk discussion group is also a good resource for learning more about scripting http groups google com group textwrangler Regardless of whether you are new to scripting TextWrangler or are familiar with scripting previous versi
251. ng a password Transfer Formats When you open a file from an FTP or SFTP server TextWrangler downloads the file raw in binary mode and then performs a standard line ending conversion upon opening the local temp file Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers After you have edited a file opened from an FTP or SFTP server pressing Command S or choosing Save from the File menu saves the new version back to the server If you want to save the file in a different directory or under another name choose Save to FTP SFTP Server to open the Save to FTP SFTP Server dialog shown below Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 53 This dialog works much like the standard Save dialog for saving a local file with the addition of fields and controls similar to those in the FTP SFTP browser allowing you to select or specify connection info and to navigate and obtain info about other files Save to FTP SFTP Server Save as new_technote html user www barebones com connected sftp Disconnect E bbedit Name arch_bbedit10 ntmi October 16 2014 3 58 PM arch_bbedit100 htm October 16 2014 3 58 PM arch_bbedit1001 htm October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit101 html October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit1011 htmi October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit1012 ntmi October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit105 html October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit1051 htm October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit10510 html October 16 2014 3 59 PM arch_bbedit10511 html October 16
252. ng text They are covered in great detail in the next chapter The right hand text field specifies the match criterion For example when filtering by File Name you type the text you want the name to match contain begin with or end with or not When filtering by Language you choose a supported language from a popup menu You can add any number of criteria using the Add button To delete any criterion click the Remove button next to it Multi File Searching 127 128 Note Click Save to save the file filter and use it for this search TextWrangler will ask you to name the filter and it will then appear in the Filters popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog and in the Filter panel of the Setup window Click Cancel to discard any changes you have made to the filter Hold the Option key when you click Cancel to skip the confirmation alert Filtering by Name In order to provide the greatest possible flexibility TextWrangler offers several different criteria for filtering based on file names File Name Tests the complete string corresponding to the file name File Name Root Tests only the root portion of the file name Given a name of the form foo txt the root is the string which occurs before the period in this case foo File Name Extension Tests only the file name extension In the above example the extension is txt Note that the extension does not include a period Temporary Filter
253. ng to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true adding to favorites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true You will probably want to make the window bigger if you have room on your screen AppleScript Overview 199 200 Down the left side is a list of every event and object supported by the application An event is a verb it tells the application what to do A class is a noun a piece of data or a structured collection of data inside the program In TextWrangler for instance classes are things like files windows the clipboard browsers and so on Suites The first thing you will notice is that the events and classes are divided into suites A suite is just a collection of related events and classes Apple for instance has decreed that all applications should support particular events which together are called the Required Suite Another Apple defined suite is the Standard Suite if an application offers certain functions which Apple considers to be common it should use these standard terms so that scripters do not need to learn a new term for each application they work with After that it is a free for all each developer is free to organize their events and classes however they think best In addition to the Required and Standard suites TextWrangler has a Miscellaneous suite a TextWrangler Suite a Text suite and a Unix Scripting suite
254. nges of Characters 142 Matching Non Printing Characters 143 Other Special Character Classes 144 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 145 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 146 Creating Subpatterns 146 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 147 Using Alternation 148 The Longest Match Issue 148 Non Greedy Quantifiers 149 Writing Replacement Patterns 0 eee cece cece eee e eee e eee eees 150 Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 150 Using the Entire Matched Pattern 150 Using Parts of the Matched Pattern 151 Case Transformations 152 EXAMPLES aieri Grae Sa dup eyo alb abso Sia W sepsis E ER 4 haere Nee wiereiod s we 153 Matching Identifiers 153 Matching White Space 153 Matching Delimited Strings 154 Marking Structured Text 154 Marking a Mail Digest 155 Rearranging Name Lists 155 Advanced Grep TopicS 2 cecccceec cc cee ect eee ee EE RANEE EEEN 155 Matching Nulls 156 Backreferences 156 POSIX Style Character Classes 157 Non Capturing Parentheses 158 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 159 Comments 159 Pattern Modifiers 160 Positional Assertions 161 Conditional Subpatterns 163 Once Only Subpatterns 164 Recursive Patterns 166 Writing Search Patterns ccc cece cece cece eee e ence eeee ee eenseeee 138 137 138 What Is Grep or Pattern Searching Grep patterns offer a powerful way to make changes
255. ngs e Front Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into the frontmost text window If there are no text windows open or the frontmost text window contains an active sheet this option will be disabled e New Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into a new text window e Separate Windows TextWrangler will open each of the selected documents into its own text window Reload from Disk When you choose this command TextWrangler will compare the contents of the current document in memory to those of its file on disk and reload the document from its file if they differ This is useful in situations where the file may have changed without TextWrangler noticing which can happen if e g the Automatically refresh documents option in the Application prefs panel is turned off or if the file is on a shared disk and has been modified from another workstation Opening Existing Documents 43 Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives TextWrangler can transparently open and display the contents of most Zip compressed archives zip either directly or during a multi file search Zip archives must be in the format created by the Finder s Compress command or by applying ditto k from the command line Note Ifthe Zip archive contains only one top level item and that item is a folder TextWrangler will hoist the rest of that package s contents and not display the top
256. not support the interpolation of Perl code Instead the special item R is provided for the specific case of recursion The following recursive pattern solves the parentheses problem C 2 gt 0 O14 R First it matches an opening parenthesis Then it matches any number of substrings which can either be a sequence of non parentheses or a recursive match of the pattern itself that is a correctly parenthesized substring Finally there is a closing parenthesis This particular example pattern contains nested unlimited repeats and so the use of a once only subpattern for matching strings of non parentheses is important when applying the pattern to strings that do not match For example when it tries to match against this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa it yields no match quickly However if a once only subpattern is not used the match runs for a very long time indeed because there are so many different ways the and repeats can carve up the subject and all have to be tested before failure can be reported Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Note Recommended Books and Resources Mastering Regular Expressions 3rd Edition by Jeffrey E F Friedl O Reilly amp Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 528 12 4 Although it does not cover TextWrangler s grep features specifically Mastering Regular Expressions is an outstanding resource for learning the how to of writing useful gr
257. ns then do not break the package seal or install the software License You may use the program and documentation on any desired number of machines and copy the program and documentation into any machine readable or printed form for backup or support of your use of the program and documentation on those machines provided that no copy of the program and documentation may be used by anyone other than you Your use of the program and documentation is limited solely to internal use Without limiting the generality of the foregoing you may not directly or indirectly transfer convey distribute or provide the program or access to the program to any third party whether by means of a bundling publishing or hosting arrangement or otherwise and whether or not for money or other consideration without the express prior written consent of Bare Bones Software Inc You may not use or copy the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part except as provided in this Agreement You also may not modify the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part If you use copy modify distribute or transfer the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or part except as expressly provided for in this Agreement your license is automatically terminated Term The license is effective on the date you accept this Agreement and remains in effect until terminated as indicated above or until you terminate
258. nt text Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in Selected text only Wrap around Chapter 7 Searching Next Previous Find All Extract Replace Replace All Replace amp Find Note 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field You can use special characters in the Find text field to search for tabs line breaks or page breaks See Special Characters later in this section 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field TextWrangler persistently remembers the pairs of search and replace terms that you have most recently used If you want to repeat a previous search or replace you can choose the appropriate entry from the Search History popup menu at the right of the Find text field to fill in the Find and Replace fields The size of both the search and replace terms is limited only by available memory 4 Turn on any options that you want to apply to your search For more info about these options see Search Settings later in this section 5 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box The following table explains what each of the buttons does This button Does this E a a SD ay Sea a TST DS aT CRIN Next Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window after below the current insertion point Previous Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window before above the current insertion point Find All F
259. ntosh Toolbox templates and page break characters Inserting File Contents The File Contents command inserts the contents of one or more files into the document you are editing When you use this command TextWrangler displays an Open sheet in which you can choose the files to insert To select more than one file hold down the Shift key or Control key as you click the files TextWrangler then inserts the contents of the selected files at the insertion point or replaces the selected text If you select more than one file the files will be inserted in alphabetical order according to file name You can also drag a file s icon from the Finder into a TextWrangler editing window to insert the contents of that file Inserting File amp Folder Paths The File Folder Paths command inserts the full path information for the selected files and folder into the document you are editing When you use these commands TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select the files and or folders TextWrangler inserts the path information at the insertion point or replaces the selected text Inserting a Folder Listing The Folder Listing command inserts a textual listing of a folder hierarchy When you use this command TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select a folder to insert and inserts that folder s listingat the insertion point or replaces the selected text You can also drag a folder s icon from the Finder into a document to insert a fold
260. nu To skip the identified word and continue checking use the Check Spelling command again To ignore all further instances of the word Control click on it and choose Ignore Spelling from the contextual menu To add the word to the dictionary Control click on it and choose Learn Spelling from the contextual menu 100 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Manual Spell Checking Choose the Find Next Misspelled Word command from the Text menu or type its key equivalent Command to start checking a document s spelling TextWrangler will check every word in the document in order starting from the current insertion point To check the spelling of all words in the document at once choose the Find All Misspelled Words command or type its key equivalent Command Option TextWrangler will draw an underline under every questioned word in the document You can then correct the spelling of any questioned word by typing or by using the contextual menu to select a suggested correction or to skip ignore or add the word to the dictionary To clear the underline from all questioned words choose the Clear Spelling Errors command The Spelling Panel In addition to allowing you to correct ignore or learn identified words the Spelling panel allows you to choose which spelling dictionary TextWrangler will use and to forget learned spellings To use the Spelling panel 1 Choose the Show Spelling Panel command from the Text menu Text
261. o control the duration of the delay before TextWrangler applies highlighting via the Delay control below this option Any navigation you undertake via this feature is independent from the Find and Live Search commands except that TextWrangler will add the selected string to its search history for convenient future reuse Use hard lines in soft wrapped views When this option is on the line number bar cursor position display and Line Number commands in editing views will use line and character position numbers that correspond to the hard line breaks actually present in the document rather than the soft wrapped line breaks Additionally when this option is on line selection commands and gestures including the Select Line command triple clicking and click selection in the left margin will treat only hard line breaks as line boundaries Soft wrapped line indentation This option lets you specify how TextWrangler should indent soft wrapped text flush with the left edge of the window at the same indent level as the first line of the paragraph or indented one level deeper than the first line of the paragraph Line spacing This control allows you to adjust the amount of space between lines of text in editing views The default value is consistent with previous versions of TextWrangler Chapter 10 Preferences Tip Tip Note Editor Defaults Preferences The Editor Defaults preferences control the behav
262. o has a scripting dictionary The scripting dictionary tells any application that lets you write AppleScripts such as the standard Script Editor the English like equivalent for each Apple Event and each event s parameters Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler It is important to note that because Apple Events were originally designed to allow applications to communicate with each other AppleScripts automatically inherit the ability to talk to more than one application It is common in the publishing industry for instance to write scripts that obtain product information from a FileMaker Pro database and insert it into an InDesign file This integration is one of the Macintosh s primary strengths You use AppleScript s tell verb to indicate which application you are talking to If you are only sending one command you can write it on one line like this tell application TextWrangler to count text documents If you are sending several commands to the same application it is more convenient to write it this way tell application TextWrangler count text documents repeat with x from 1 to the result save text document x end repeat end tell The Script Editor automatically indents the lines inside the tell block for you so you can more easily follow the organization of the script Reading an AppleScript Dictionary To display an application s AppleScript dictionary you can simply drag that application onto the Script Editor icon
263. o to Previous Next 134 Markers 135 Jump Points 135 Previous 135 Next 135 Set 135 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep 137 What Is Grep or Pattern Searching 0 0 0 cee eee eee 138 12 Table of Contents Chapter 9 Writing Search Patterns Most Characters Match Themselves 138 Escaping Special Characters 138 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 140 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters 142 Matching Non Printing Characters 143 Other Special Character Classes 144 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 145 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 146 Creating Subpatterns 146 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 147 Using Alternation 148 The Longest Match Issue 148 Non Greedy Quantifiers 149 Writing Replacement Patterns Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 150 Using the Entire Matched Pattern 150 Using Parts of the Matched Pattern 151 Case Transformations 152 Examples Matching Identifiers 153 Matching White Space 153 Matching Delimited Strings 154 Marking Structured Text 154 Marking a Mail Digest 155 Rearranging Name Lists 155 Advanced Grep Topics Matching Nulls 156 Backreferences 156 POSIX Style Character Classes 157 Non Capturing Parentheses 158 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 159 Comments 159 Pattern Modifiers 160 Positional Assertions 161 Conditional Subpatterns
264. odifier appears before an E is encountered that modifier will take effect immediately Ufred uwilma FRED Wilma Examples The example patterns in this section describe some common character classes and shortcuts used for constructing grep patterns and addresses some common tasks that you might find useful in your work Matching Identifiers One of the most common things you will use grep patterns for is to find and modify identifiers such as variables in computer source code or object names in HTML source documents To match an arbitrary identifier in most programming languages you might use this search pattern a z a zA Z0 9 This pattern matches any sequence that begins with a lowercase letter and is followed by zero or more alphanumeric characters If other characters are allowed in the identifier add them to the pattern This pattern allows underscores in only the first character of the identifier a z_ a zA Z0 9 The following pattern allows underscores anywhere but the first character but allows identifiers to begin with an uppercase or lowercase letter a zA Z a zA Z0 9 Matching White Space Often you will want to match two sequences of data that are separated by tabs or spaces whether to simply identify them or to rearrange them For example suppose you have a list of formatted label data pairs like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty You can see that there are ta
265. oke it with its last used option settings These short form commands are also available in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel so that you can set key equivalents for them Apply Text Filter This command presents a submenu listing all currently available text filters These filters consist of any executable items contained in the Text Filters folder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Text Filters on page 31 103 104 Note When you choose a filter TextWrangler will pass either the selected text or the contents of the active document if there is no selection on STDIN to Unix executables or filters or as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point in AppleScripts If an AppleScript script does not have a RunFromTextWrangler entry point TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range AppleScript scripts should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selection range while Unix filters should write to STDOUT TextWrangler no longer supports text factory execution Apply Text Filter lt last filter gt This command will reapply the two characters according to the following rules Exchange Characters This command swaps two characters according to the following rules e If there is no selection and the insertion point is not at the beginning or end of a line or of the document this command transposes the
266. ol for handling windows and documents both directly and via AppleScript Opening Documents The open command supports additional options which allow you to override your window handling preferences on a case by case basis open aFileList opening in lt value gt As in previous releases lt value gt may be a reference to an existing text window However 99 66 you may instead specify front_window new_window or separate_ windows which have the following effect e front_window All files in aFileList are opened in the frontmost text window If there is no text window open TextWrangler will create a new one e new_window All files in aFileList are opened into a new text window e separate_windows Each file in aFileList is opened into its own text window Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Moving Documents The move command can be used to move text documents between text windows For example tell application TextWrangler if count of text windows gt 0 then select text window 1 repeat while count of text windows gt 1 set ct to count documents of text window 2 repeat with i from 1 to ct move document 1 of text window 2 to text window 1 end repeat end repeat else beep end if end tell Referencing Documents Previously documents were indexed inside of multi document windows by their display order in the file list This meant that document 1 of the application might no
267. older mobile August 13 2013 11 45 AM Folder new os html October 16 2014 3 59 PM HTML text Mm resources October 23 2013 1 18 PM Folder sal super August 13 2013 11 45 AM Folder B textwrangler October 15 2014 3 22 PM Folder updates htm October 16 2014 3 59 PM HTML text D weathercal August 13 2013 11 45 AM Folder D yojimbo July 28 2014 1 42 PM Folder Show items starting with Delete New To refresh the directory listing click the button with the circular arrow icon located above the upper left corner of the listing The checkbox below the listing labeled Show Files Starting with tells TextWrangler whether to display hidden or admin files in the chosen directory such as login forward and signature Starting a file name with a period is a convention used by Mac OS X and other Unix systems to make that file invisible in most directory listings Once you have selected a file and opened it TextWrangler displays the file in a text editing window The toolbar displays the URL of the file on the server not the pathname of the file on your hard drive as it does for local files You can drag items from FTP browser windows to other applications TextWrangler will include a URL in the drag event for each selected item in a form that applications which accept URLs may be able to use You can use the Info button to examine the size modification date and if applicable file system permissions of the sel
268. ompiled AppleScript in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a folder alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them Chapter 3 Working with Files Creating and Saving Documents To create a new text document or special purpose window within TextWrangler pull down the File menu and open the New submenu Since TextWrangler uses different kinds of documents for specific purposes you will see several options as follows itm Edit Text View Search Go Window Help Text Document 3N New with Stationery gt Open 20 with Clipboard Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Text Window ORN Open File by Name 3D Disk Browser XN FTP SFTP Browser Reopen Using Encoding gt Hex Dump File The available commands and their effects are as follows e Text Document Opens an empty text document e with selection Opens a new text document containing any text selected in the active document and having the same display font saving you the trouble of copying and pasting it e with Clipboard Opens a new text document and automatically pastes the contents of the current clipboard into it e Text Window Opens a new text window see Text Windows later in this chapter for more information e Disk Browser Opens a new disk browser see Chapter 9 for more information e FTP SFT
269. on is selected TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file in the header Time Stamp The Time Stamp option lets you choose whether the date that appears in the header is the date that the file was last modified or the date that the file was printed Chapter 3 Working with Files CHAPTER Editing Text with TextWrangler This chapter describes the basics of editing text with TextWrangler wrapping text text manipulations and file comparison In this chapter Basic Eqn gs aert ee 5 6 lysis och Sale sia easels 8s wiels EA wie see Geese eee E 60 Moving Text 60 Multiple Clipboards 61 Drag and Drop 61 Multiple Undo ys s5 05 oii aey EE gale a sectie Sie Ris dole teas ls es wre ore eats 62 Window Anatomy cece cece cece eee c ence reece eeee esses eeeeees 63 The Toolbar 63 The Split Bar 65 The Navigation Bar 65 The File List 69 The Status Bar 71 The Gutter and Folded Text Regions 73 THE View Meit sasono ssc aceias ed ean area EE OTE Wid faha lar sie wos decane Wace e cee 75 Text Display 75 Cursor Movement and Text Selection ssssssesesecesecscssseseceees 78 Clicking and Dragging 78 Arrow Keys 19 CamelCase Navigation 79 Rectangular Selections 79 Working with Rectangular Selections 80 Scrolling the View 83 The Delete Key 83 The Numeric Keypad 83 Line Number Command 84 Function Keys 84 Resolving URLs 85 TEX OPHION
270. on its own it might take years before it finally fails We are not sure frankly because much like determining how many licks it takes to get to the center of a Tootsie Pop we do not feel like waiting long enough to find out The reason this takes so long to fail is because the string can be divided between the two repeats in a large number of ways and all have to be tried before the grep engine knows for certain that the pattern will not match The example used rather than a single character at the end because both PCRE and Perl have an optimization that allows for fast failure when a single character is used They remember the last single character that is required for a match and fail early if it is not present in the string If the pattern is changed to gt D lt d gt sequences of non digits cannot be broken and failure happens quickly Recursive Patterns Consider the problem of matching a string in parentheses allowing for unlimited nested balanced parentheses Without the use of recursion the best that can be done is to use a pattern that matches up to some fixed depth of nesting It is not possible to handle an arbitrary nesting depth Perl 5 6 has provided an experimental facility that allows regular expressions to recurse among other things It does this by interpolating Perl code in the expression at run time and the code can refer to the expression itself Obviously TextWrangler s grep engine can
271. ons we strongly recommend that you carefully review the sections TextWrangler and AppleScript and Working with Scripts in this chapter In this chapter AppleScript Overview 0 cece cece cece c eect cece a aea ae 197 About AppleScript 198 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 198 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 199 Recordable Applications 204 Saving Scripts 205 Using Scripts with Applications 205 Scripting Resources 206 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeees 207 Recording Actions within TextWrangler 207 The Scripts Menu 208 The Scripts Palette 209 Organizing Scripts 209 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 210 Attaching Scripts to Events 211 TextWrangler s Scripting Model cece cece cece eect eee e eens 216 Script Compatibility 216 Getting and Setting Properties 218 Performing Actions 219 Common AppleScript Pitfalls 224 AppleScript Overview If you are familiar with AppleScript you should have little difficulty scripting TextWrangler It has a robust and highly flexible object model If you do not know much about scripting though read on for an introduction to the necessary concepts 197 198 Note About AppleScript AppleScript is an English like language which you can use to write scripts that automate the actions of applications and exchange data between applications Although AppleSc
272. ool for doing such comparisons faster and more effectively Using Find Differences you can compare any two files or the contents of two folders You can also specify options to eliminate minor variations in document content such as different amounts of white space from being considered If you have two or more text documents open choose the Compare Two Front Windows command on the Search menu to quickly compare the topmost two documents TextWrangler will automatically determine which document is newer and which older based on their modification dates To compare two arbitrary files or folders 1 Choose the Find Differences command from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find Differences dialog box Find Differences Compare Files Folders Left iil Q Right iil Text comparison Folder comparison Case sensitive Ignore curly quotes Ignore spaces Leading Trailing Use file filter Runs none Cancel 94 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler 2 Click the Compare Files radio button 3 Use the Left and Right popup menus to select the documents you want to compare If the files you want to compare are already open they will appear in the popup menus otherwise you can select them by clicking the standard item selection button next to either popup menu or by dragging the icon of any desired file or folder icons from the Finder into the Left or Right field Yo
273. oose Hex Dump Front Document to generate a hex dump representation of the frontmost document as it exists in memory You should bear in mind that the result of performing the Hex Dump command against a disk file may differ from the result obtained by using it against an open document since when a document is open in memory even without any explicit edits being made line break translation and possibly character set encoding conversions have taken place Making Backups TextWrangler can automatically make a backup copy of each document you edit before saving it To enable this feature turn on the Make backup before saving option in the Text Files preference panel For complete details on how this feature works and optional behaviors please see Make backup before saving on page 193 56 Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Printing To print a document choose the Print command from the File menu TextWrangler will display a standard print sheet in that document s window Printer HP Officejet Pro X476dw MFP Presets Default Settings Copies fi 4 Two Sided Pages All 2 PDF Show Details Cancel Print To print one copy of the active document without displaying the print sheet hold down the Option and Shift keys and choose the Print One Copy command from the File menu To print only the selected range of text within the active document choose the Print Selection command from the File menu Printing Options
274. operties the basic window properties are also accessible disk browser window provides a way to reference windows corresponding to open disk browsers A disk browser window does not present any properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate disk browser windows from other types of window results browser provides a way to reference results generated by a batch operation A results browser does not present any properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate results windows from other types of window search results browser a subclass of results browser referringspecifically to the results of a single file Find All command or a multi file search Classes of Document As with windows there are various classes of document e document the basic document class contains properties that apply to any sort of document whether it has unsaved changes the alias to the file on disk and so on e text document text documents contain information specific to text files opened for editing in TextWrangler e picture document refers to a document corresponding to an open picture file A picture document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate picture documents from other types of document TextWrangler s Scripting Model 217 218 e movie document refers to a document corresponding to an open QuickTime movie file A movie
275. or disk you can either choose the enclosing folder from the directory popup menu or press Command Up Arrow You can also use Quick Look to examine any non text file by selecting it and pressing the spacebar When the list pane has input focus the browser window s AppleScript selection property will return a list of the files currently selected See Getting and Setting Properties on page 218 for further details Chapter 9 Browsers Search Results Browsers If you selected the Batch Find option when performing a multi file search TextWrangler displays every occurrence of the search string in the searched files in a search results browser eee e builtwithbbedit html Search Results BBEdit 0 Errors 0 Warnings 6155 Notes Open 6155 occurrences of BBEdit found in 321 files V builtwithbbedit htm 28 occurrences found File builtwithbbedit html Line 7 lt title gt Bare Bones Software Built with BBEdit lt title gt File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 85 lt p class title gt Built with BBEdit lt p gt File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 86 lt p gt We amp 8217 ve got a little badge that you can use if you amp 8217 d like to flash File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 87 lt a href http www barebones com products bbedit gt lt img File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 88 src http www barebones com images BuiltWithBBEdit jpg File builtwithbbedit ntm Line 89 alt Built with BBEdit gt lt a gt lt br gt File
276. orms a Find Differences between the contents of the front document and the disk file for that same document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Compare Against Previous Version Only on OS X 10 7 or later Provides access to previous versions of the current document using the system s built in file versioning capability You can compare and integrate changes from any prior version into the current document as desired Apply to New Applies the currently selected difference to the New version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Apply to Old Applies the currently selected difference to the Old version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Compare Again Find the differences between two files using the same settings that were used in the last time you used the Find Differences command See Comparing Text Files for more details Find in Reference Performs a search for the selected symbol using an appropriate language specific online resource As for Find Definition if there is no selection TextWrangler will attempt to determine the symbol name by inspection around the insertion point For example Find in Reference in a PHP document will look up the selected symbol on php net in a Ruby document it will use the ri interactive reference in a Unix Shell Script it will op
277. ortcuts preference panel Contextual Menus When you Control click on selected text or at the insertion point in a text window TextWrangler s contextual menu will display a set of commands relevant to that location or text as well as some appropriate standard commands such as Cut Copy Paste so you do not have to hunt around in the menu bar for them Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents You can use key equivalents to click buttons or select options in most of TextWrangler s dialog boxes and sheets Certain keys have the same meaning in all dialogs and sheets e Pressing either the Return or Enter key is the same as clicking the default button e Typing Command period or pressing the Escape key is the same as clicking the Cancel button e You can use the Cut Copy Paste Clear and Select All commands either from the Edit menu or with their Command key equivalents in any text field Feature Highlights TextWrangler 5 0 offers many powerful features for editing and processing text and code and for managing your work Here are some highlights e New single window Find Differences result browser e Support for the EditorConfig settings file convention e Greatly expanded syntax coloring support with room for future expansion e A selection of carefully crafted pre installed color schemes e Info popup offers live document statistics and file permissions adjustment as well as all the powerful core features that TextWrangler is
278. ote Navigation with Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Marker popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the file ee e index html e File Path v Users Shared output index html B index html nosymbolselected gt z vay 70 lt li gt Set Marker 71 lt li gt Clear Markers 72 lt a class support href support gt Support lt a gt Find amp Mark All 733 lt li gt 74 lt li gt Home 75 lt a class discuss href discuss gt Discuss lt a gt Company 76 lt li gt Products 77 V lt li gt Support 78 lt a class store href store gt Store lt a gt Discuss 79 lt li gt Store a0 Y lt li gt Contact 81 lt a class contact href contact gt Contact lt a gt 82 lt li gt F For more information on working with markers please see Using Markers on page 98 If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu Opening Counterparts You can press the Counterpart button next to the Marker popup to quickly open and or switch back and forth between a file and its counterpart source file to header or vice versa This button has the same effect as Open Counterpart in the Fil
279. other classes Such a class is called a subclass and the class on which a subclass is based is referred to as its parent class In AppleScript classes can only have one parent Multiple inheritance is a feature found in more complex languages The idea of a class hierarchy makes it easier for us to add new features to TextWrangler since when we want to create a new kind of window half the work is already done However when scripting you may need to flip back and forth between two or more class definitions to find all the properties of the object you are working with This is technically speaking a limitation of Apple s Script Editor There is no reason the inherited properties could not automatically be included in a subclass listing by a smarter editor for example Script Debugger which does this Now that we have the class hierarchy under control let s look at the properties themselves more closely we will stick with the text window class at this point Properties of an object are referred to using the preposition of For example the following line of script returns the font of the frontmost text window tell application TextWrangler to get display font of text window 1 In this specific example you can just write get display font of window 1 AppleScript will figure out that window 1 is more specifically a text window and therefore has a display font property even though the generic window class does not have any such
280. ou have any existing Unix filters in the Text Filters folder you will need to modify those filters in order for them to continue working There are two ways to run filters through the Apply Text Filters submenu in the Text menu or via the Text Filters palette To open the Text Filters palette select it from the Palettes submenu in the Window menu You can run a filter by selecting it from the list and clicking the Run button or you can simply double click the filter name in the list Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 233 234 Hold down the Option key while double clicking a filter or selecting it from the menu to open the file for editing instead of running it You can also hold down the Shift key while selecting a filter item from the Apply Text Scripts submenu to reveal the file in the Finder or you can select a folder node from the menu to open that folder in the Finder Scripts Scripts do not operate on the text of the frontmost window but rather run directly You can run scripts from the Scripts menu or the Scripts palette Hold down the Command key while selecting or double clicking a script to open the Run a Script options dialog hold down the Option key while selecting or double clicking a script to open the script s file for editing instead of running it hold down the Shift key while selecting or double clicking a script to reveal its file in the Finder or while selecting a folder node to reveal that
281. ow Anatomy 73 The linear bars displayed in the gutter are range end indicators They show where each foldable range ends B T File Pathv Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js t 4 jquery 1 11 1 js no sym elected L vay 1 2 jQuery JavaScript Library v1 11 1 3 http jquery com 4 5 Includes Sizzle js 6 http sizzlejs com 7 8 Copyright 2005 2014 jQuery Foundation Inc and other contributors 9 Released under the MIT license 10 http jquery org license 11 12 Date 2014 5 01T17 42Z 13 When you fold a range TextWrangler displays a fold indicator within the document to represent that range To expand the range you can either click on the disclosure triangle or double click the fold indicator eee e index html T File Pathy Users Shared output index html B index htmi nosymbolselected 4 v ew lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtmli transitional dtd gt wbPWUne 128 129 130 Y 131 132 lt div class container gt 133 If you expand a range by double clicking the fold indicator the entire range will remain selected after expansion 74 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note The View Menu This menu contains commands which you can use to toggle the display of navigational elements in text windows to fold and expand regions of text to select documents and to get informatio
282. point T C C typedef 0 C C pragma mark directive italic name C C function prototype 1 6 Heading level in HTML files 66 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Note Indicator Meaning tag name Tag name for the indicated name or ID attribute value in HTML files Manually Defined Functions For code written in several languages including C C PHP Python and Ruby you can manually add customized entries to the function popup menu by inserting suitable mark directives within a document In C C documents TextWrangler recognizes pragma mark directives For other languages each directive consists of a line comment followed by a space and the string mark plus the desired marker string The complete set of mark directives includes mark fixme fix me note nyi review todo to do xxx For example to add an function popup entry named My item In C C pragma mark My item In JavaScript mark My item In HTML lt mark My item gt In PHP mark My item mark My item Callout markers may be uppercase lowercase or mixed case and may have a single optional colon at the end before the space and the text to appear in the function popup In Python mark My item mark My item In Python files each directive must be separated from the preceding content by at least one empty line Window Anatomy 67 68 N
283. popup menu The Match Using radio buttons control what part of the specified pattern should be used to determine duplication When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically anchored to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary 108 Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note The options on the right hand side of the sheet allow you to specify how duplicate lines should be handled once they have been identified You can copy duplicate lines to the clipboard Duplicates to Clipboard copy them to a new document Duplicates to New Document Window and or delete them from the current document Delete Duplicate Lines You can likewise specify how to handle the lines that are not duplicated by choosing Unique Lines to Clipboard and or Unique Lines to New Document Since each of these options is an independent checkbox you can select any combination of them that you wish For example selecting both Delete Duplicate Lines and Unique Lines ton Clipboard would delete the duplicate lines from the document and copy them to the clipboard for pasting elsewhere Process Lines Containing This command displays a sheet which allows you to search the active window for lines containing a specified search string and then removes those lines or copies them to the clipboard The options on the left side of the dia
284. pple Developer Connection http developer apple com AppleScript Detailed information for developers and advanced users MacScripter Net http macscripter net A good selection of AppleScript related news and topics including the AppleScript FAQ and discussion forums Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler ScriptWeb http www scriptweb com This site covers all scripting languages not just AppleScript Also it has an extensive directory of scripting additions Software Script Debugger http www latenightsw com Despite its name Script Debugger is more than a debugger it is actually an enhanced replacement for Apple s Script Editor featuring variable monitoring step trace debugging an object browser for an application s objects and much more Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler TextWrangler has been scriptable for years and we have continually worked to refine its level of scripting support In addition to providing extensive script access to its commands and data TextWrangler is both attachable and recordable This section describes how you can create and employ AppleScripts within TextWrangler via recording and TextWrangler s various scripting facilities while the following section covers TextWrangler s scripting commands and other issues related to preparing scripts for use Recording Actions within TextWrangler Any language is easier to read than to write easier to understand than to speak A
285. ppleScript is no different That s because even though all the commands it uses are English words arranged in ways that more or less make grammatical sense you still have to know or find out from the application s dictionary exactly which words to use and what order they should go in But it is easy to get started making scripts by recording them First launch both TextWrangler and the Script Editor Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 207 208 Note When you launch the Script Editor a new blank script window appears Click the Record button circled in the illustration below Untitled gt 7 pt lt No selected element gt Description lt Now switch to TextWrangler and perform your task Remember that the Script Editor is recording everything you do in every recordable application you are running not just TextWrangler If you do something in the Finder for instance that will get recorded too Since almost everything you do is recorded remember that if you make an error and then Undo it your recorded script will faithfully make the same mistake and undo it when you run it later It will be possible to fix minor errors later but things always go more smoothly if you do not make any mistakes so take your time and try to do it right the first time Now switch back to the Script Editor and click the Stop button After a brief pause your script is compiled and ready for use Try
286. pplication Support Folder Contents 28 Language Modules 28 Menu Scripts 29 Scripts 29 Shutdown Items 30 Startup Items 30 Stationery 31 Superseded App Support Folders 31 Upgrading 31 Preference Files and Folders cee cc cece cece eee erence cree eeeeeees 32 TextWrangler Preferences File 32 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 32 Basic Installation TextWrangler is supplied as a single application file Specific system requirements and installation instructions are described below and the organization of TextWrangler s supporting files is described in subsequent sections System Requirements TextWrangler 5 0 requires Mac OS X 10 8 5 or later and is fully compatible with OS X 10 10 Yosemite and OS X 10 11 El Capitan The software will not run on Mac OS 9 or any earlier versions of Mac OS X and will not run on PowerPC based machines Installing TextWrangler If you download TextWrangler directly you will receive a standard disk image dmg file Your web browser may automatically mount the disk image once the download is complete otherwise you should double click on the disk image file to mount it Once the disk image is mounted drag the TextWrangler application over the adjacent icon for the Applications folder and drop it there to copy TextWrangler onto your Mac s hard drive You can then dismount eject the disk image and discard the dmg file
287. property All the properties of the object are available even if you did not use its specific class name However in most cases you should specify exactly the object you want this distinction is especially important when dealing with text documents content versus text windows display elements You can set the properties using the set event like so tell application TextWrangler to set display font of text window 1 to Lucida Grande Let s go back to the window class for a moment Most of the properties of this class are marked with the abbreviation r o That stands for Read Only In other words you can only get these properties not set them Recordable Applications Once an application accepts Apple Events it actually makes a good deal of sense for an application to be designed in two parts the user interface that you see and the engine that does all the work An application designed this way is sometimes said to be factored The user interface then communicates with the engine via Apple Events The design of the Apple Event system makes it possible to record events into a script This feature not only lets you automate frequently performed tasks with little hassle it also can be an enormous aid in writing larger and more complicated scripts because the application tells you what events and objects to use for the kind of task you record Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Because of the important recording
288. provide basic information on how to perform various common actions via AppleScript Scripting Searches The ability to script searches presents you with a very powerful tool since you can prepare a script which instructs TextWrangler to perform a whole series of search or search and replace operations Consider the scripting command below tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 options search mode Grep with selecting match end tell In previous versions the find command always operated on the front window Now you must explicitly specify the text to be searched either by specifying an explicit tell target or by supplying a searching in parameter So the following scripts are equivalent tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 end tell and tell application TextWrangler tell document of text window 1 find TextWrangler end tell end tell Note that either the tell target or the searching in parameter must resolve to something that contains text As a shortcut you can specify a window and if the window contains text the search can proceed You can also specify a text object find Search Text searching in lines 3 thru 5 of document of text window 2 Also unlike previous versions of TextWrangler the defaults for parameters not specified in the find command are no longer controlled by the user interfac
289. pter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Using an Attachment Script to Perform Authenticated Saves TextWrangler 4 0 and later support a special attachment point for the Document class documentShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave This attachment point will be called whenever an authenticated save is necessary for text documents only The following sample script illustrates how to use this facility the comments are important so please read them on document ShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave theDocument tempFilePath destinationPath on input tempFilePath points to the contents of the document written to a temp file ready to move to the destination destinationPath is where the file should be copied on exit if the operation succeeded delete the temp file or else the application will assume the operation failed and return YES for success this is pretty straightforward ao cp tmpFilePath destinationPath do shell script cp amp amp quoted form of tempFilePath amp amp quoted form of destinationPath with administrator privileges now remove the temp file this indicates to the application that we did the work do shell script rm amp amp quoted form of tempFilePath return true end document ShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave Filtering Text with AppleScripts The Text Filters folder in TextWrangler s application support folder contains executable items in the form of compiled App
290. r any direct products thereof to any country to which export is then controlled by the United States Bureau of Export Administration unless you have that agency s prior written approval Use of the program and documentation by military and civilian offices branches or agencies of the U S Government is restricted in accordance with the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations under which the program and documentation constitute restricted computer software that is commercial computer software or Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement under which the program and documentation constitute commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation to that consistent with only those rights as are granted pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof Acknowledgment You acknowledge that you have read this agreement understand it and agree to be bound by its terms and conditions You further agree that it is the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between you and Bare Bones Software Inc which supersedes all proposals or prior agreements oral or written and all other communications between you and Bare Bones Software Inc relating to the subject matter of this agreement Info ZIP License This is version 2009 Jan 02 of the Info ZIP license The definitive version of this document should be available at ftp ftp info zip org pub infozip license html indefinitely and
291. r commonly encountered questions and solutions for known problems We strongly recommend you check the TextWrangler FAQs before resorting to any other means of inquiry e Product Updates The latest versions of our products are always available for download as well as access to language modules developer info and other materials Discussion Group 23 How to contact us If you have a registered copy of TextWrangler or any other Bare Bones product and you can t find the information you need on our web site or if you encounter any problems with the software please use the contact form on our web site or send email to support barebones com Note We do not offer telephone support Please refer to the support resources available on our web site for information and assistance or contact us via email 24 Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler CHAPTER IMPORTANT Installing TextWrangler This chapter tells you how to install TextWrangler on your Macintosh It also describes the files TextWrangler creates where it puts them and how to install or remove optional components of TextWrangler In this chapter Basic Installation eee cc cece ccc cece eee e nent eee SEERE ES 25 System Requirements 25 Installing TextWrangler 25 Checking for Updates 27 Upgrading from a Previous Version 27 First Run Configuration 26 TextWrangler s Application Support Folder cece cece eee cece ee eeees 27 A
292. r will also import any BBColors files which you place in the Color Schemes folder and convert them You can further associate a saved color scheme with any language via the Custom Language Preferences list in the Languages preference panel See Languages Preferences on page 186 How to Change an Element s Color The color bars show the colors that TextWrangler uses to display different interface and language elements To change the color for any element click the adjacent color box to open the system color picker which you can use to select a new color To restore all colors and options to their default settings click the Restore Defaults button Language Specific Colors The center section of the Text Colors panel contains groups of language specific syntax coloring options which you can adjust to specify the colors TextWrangler uses to display the corresponding language elements Though the available set of languages and elements is too extensive to list in total here are some common elements Chapter 10 Preferences e Comments include all text set off by a language s designated comment marker s Strings and Numbers are defined by each individual language s specification Language keywords are those terms defined in a language s specification e Predefined symbols are terms which are not language keywords but which are predefined by a language s reference implementation or which are part of a language
293. rd wrapped document the Soft Wrap Text option in the Text Options popup menu or sheet will be disabled Working with Rectangular Selections Commonly while working with text you will be performing actions on a line by line basis for example when making a selection you will start by selecting the contents of one line before moving on to the next However if you need to deal with tabular data it can be useful to think in terms of rectangles or blocks of text that include parts of several lines This is where you can make use of TextWrangler s ability to manipulate rectangular selections You cannot make or insert rectangular selections into a document which is soft wrapped so you must turn off soft wrap before using this technique See Soft Wrapping on page 89 Example Moving a Column Consider you have the document shown below and you want to move only the bottom left column the one that says This text goes in the middle and move it in between the top left and top right columns To do this using standard selection methods you would have to perform five separate cut and paste operations However by using rectangular selections you can move the whole column in one operation eee 5 Rectangular Selections txt T File Path v Downloads Rectangular Selections txt 4 5 Rectangular Selections txt rA FEF This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the
294. re Again Find in Reference Listing by Menu and Command Name Cmd F Cmd Shift F Cmd Opt F Cmd G Cmd Shift G Cmd Opt G Cmd H or none Cmd Shift H Cmd E Cmd Shift E Cmd Opt E Cmd Opt Shift E Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Ctl Cmd Shift Cmd left arrow Cmd right arrow Cmd Shift hyphen 243 Go Line Number Line Number Center Line Functions Reveal Start Reveal End Go to Previous Go to Next Jump Points Previous Next Set Window Minimize Window Minimize All Windows Bring All to Front Palettes Save Default type of Window Cascade Windows Tile Two Front Windows Arrange Tile Two Front Windows Cycle Through Windows Cycle Through Windows Backwards Exchange With Next Synchro Scrolling Open windows Window gt Palettes Character Inspector Colors Scripts Text Filters Windows Cmd J Cmd Opt J Cmd Shift J Opt submenu Option submenu Opt Cmd Cmd Shift 244 Appendix A Command Reference Shebang Check Syntax Check Selection Syntax Opt Run Run Run in Terminal Run in Debugger Run File Show Module Documentation Scripts Open Script Editor Open Scripting Dictionary Open Scripts Folder Start Stop Recording Installed scripts Help Search menu command search field TextWrangler Help User Manual Tutorial Service and Support Toolbar Text Options Soft Wrap Text Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show
295. red Suite Standard Suite Miscellaneous BBEdit Suite Text Suite Unix Scripting LAJ LASI v index af window n inh item Every open window ELEMENTS contains text documents contained by application PROPERTIES document document r o the document associated with this window bounds rectangle the boundary rectangle for the window closeable boolean r o Does the window have a close box collapsed boolean Is the window collapsed index integer the number of the window modal boolean r o Is the window modal file alias r o the disk file associated with this window if any modified boolean r o Has the window been modified since the last save name text the title of the window r o if the window represents a document which has been saved to disk position point upper left coordinates of the window resizable boolean r o Is the window resizable selection specifier the selection contents any contents of the window if any text text the window s text object if any titled boolean r o Does the window have a title bar visible boolean r o Is the window visible zoomable boolean r o Is the window zoomable zoomed boolean Is the window zoomed All windows in TextWrangler belong to this class A class defines a particular kind of object a particular example of an object belonging to the class is said to be an instance of that class or just a
296. references page of TextWrangler s built in Help book without explicit advice from Bare Bones Software technical support you take responsibility for any adverse effects If you discard your TextWrangler preferences file you will need to re select any customized preference options you may have chosen Chapter 10 Preferences Searching the Preferences You can perform keyword searches to quickly locate preference options in the Preferences window To do this just click in the search field below the list of preference panels and type a word or partial word into the field As you type TextWrangler will search for instances of the current term and display all the panels which contain it You can then select any of the listed panels to view and change the options within it For example here is the Preferences window with an active search for the term gutter Preferences es Appesrance Print using document s font G Printing Printing font Courier 10 Select _ Frame printing area Print line numbers Print page headers 1 inch gutter Print full pathname Print color syntax Time stamp Date last saved Date printed Restore Defaults Q gutter x Restore Defaults Each of TextWrangler s preference panels contains this button which you can click to reset all preference options within the current panel to their factory default settings Appearance Preferences The Appearance preferences let you choose which
297. rep Topics 159 160 Pattern Modifiers The settings for case sensitivity multi line matching whether the dot character can match returns and extended syntax can be turned on and off within a pattern by including sequences of letters between and Modifier Meaning Default i case insensitive according to Case Sensitive checkbox in Find window m allow and to match at r on s allow to match r off x ignore most white space and off allow inline comments in grep patterns i By default TextWrangler obeys the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find window or the corresponding property of the search options when using the scripting interface The i option overrides this setting m By default TextWrangler s grep engine will match the and metacharacters after and before returns respectively If you turn this option off with m will only match at the beginning of the document and will only match at the end of the document If that is what you want however you should consider using the new A Z and z metacharacters instead of and s By default the magic dot metacharacter matches any character except return r If you turn this option on with s however dot will match any character Thus the pattern s will match an entire document x When turned on this option changes the meaning of most whitespace characters notably tabs and spac
298. ripts can manipulate applications user interfaces by taking advantage of the system s GUI Scripting capability this is not their primary function Rather scripts talk directly to a application s internals bypassing its user interface and interacting directly with its data and capabilities If you want to insert some text into a document emulating a user typing into an editing window is not the most efficient way of accomplishing this With AppleScript you just tell the application to insert the text directly If you want the application to save the frontmost document you need not mime choosing Save from the File menu but rather just tell the application to save its frontmost document AppleScript is actually a specific language which resides atop the general Open Scripting Architecture OSA provided by Mac OS X Although AppleScript is by far the most common OSA language there are others including a JavaScript variant All OSA languages are capable of accomplishing similar things although the actual commands used differ from one language to the next In this chapter we will focus exclusively on AppleScript since it is the standard scripting language but you should bear in mind that there are other options Scriptable Applications and Apple Events Since AppleScripts must have direct access to an application s internal data structures any application that will be used in an AppleScript must be designed to allow this access We
299. rn by pressing the Return key whenever you want to start a new line If you are editing program source code it is generally best to turn off soft wrapping altogether To turn off soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Options popup menu in the toolbar e Deselect the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet box by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu To turn off soft wrapping for new windows deselect the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel TextWrangler provides two ways to convert soft wrapped text into hard wrapped text The first is a simple technique that uses a single command the second is a bit more complicated but gives you much more control over wrapping Hard Wrapping Soft Wrapped Text To convert soft wrapped text to hard wrapped text use the Add Line Breaks command in the Text menu This command inserts a carriage return at the end of every line of the text as it appears in the window If your wrapping margin is the edge of the window you will get different results depending on the width of the window 90 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note If the current document contains a selection range Add Line Breaks will affect only the selected text if there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document The Add Line Breaks command does not turn off soft wrapping Hard Wr
300. rn to create marks for these headings which will appear in the Mark popup menu Choose Find amp Mark All from the Mark popup menu in the navigation bar Then decide how many levels you want to mark In this example the headings always have at least two digits and at most four Use this pattern to find the headings dt d d d t fa z 1 and this pattern to make the file marks 1 2 The before the first search group ensures that TextWrangler matches the numeric string at the beginning of a line The pattern d matches a possible decimal point and a digit sequence The other groups use the white space idiom and the identifier idiom You can use a similar technique to mark any section that has a section mark that can be described with grep Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Marking a Mail Digest You can elaborate the structured text technique to create markers for mail digests Assume that each digest is separated by the following lines From Sadie Burke lt sadie burke com gt Date Sun 16 Jul 1995 13 17 45 0700 Subject Fishing with the judge Suppose you want the marker text to list the subject and the sender You would use the following search string From t r rSubject t And mark the text with this replacement string 2 M Note that for the sequence r r in the middle of the search string the r before Subject is necessary because as previously discussed th
301. rs ccc ccc c cece cece cece eet A es ee eee seeeseees 174 Browser Overview All TextWrangler browsers share the same basic structure and behavior All browsers have a toolbar a file list and a text pane You can either edit files directly in any browser window or open them separately List Pane The top pane of a browser lists the items available in the browser This pane shows different information for different kinds of browsers Browser File List pane contains Disk browser Files and folders that TextWrangler can open Search results File and line number of each match Error results or File line number and status message for each general results condition You can open both files and folders from the list pane When you double click a folder name TextWrangler replaces the file list pane with the contents of the folder When you double click a file name TextWrangler opens the file in an editing window If the file list pane also included a line number TextWrangler scrolls to that line 169 170 Controls above the list may allow you to determine what kinds of items are displayed in the list For example in disk browsers there is a popup menu that lets you choose to display text files all files or other types of files and another that lets you return the browser to a parent directory of the current folder In error browsers checkboxes allow you to hide or show all errors warnings or notes For result
302. s Add Remove Line Numbers Prefix Suffix Lines Prefix Suffix Lines Sort Lines Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Restore Defaults To set the key equivalent for a menu command locate and select the entry for the command under the appropriate menu section then double click on the right hand part of the line containing that command and type the desired keystroke To remove an existing key equivalent from a command double click on the existing key combination and press the Delete key Click the Restore Defaults button to restore all key equivalents to their default values as listed in this Appendix Available Key Combinations All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified The Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys can be used in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key Appendix A Command Reference Listing by Menu and Command Name TextWrangler Menu About TextWrangler Register Preferences Setup Upgrade to BBEdit Check for Updates Install Command Line Tools Services Hide TextWrangler Hide Others Show All Quit TextWrangler File New New With Stationery Open Open from FTP SFTP Server Open File by Name Reveal Selection Open Counterpart
303. s ascii and word are Perl extensions the others are defined by the POSIX standard Another Perl extension supported by TextWrangler is negated POSIX style character classes which are indicated by a after the colon For example to match any run of non digit characters digit Non Capturing Parentheses As described in the preceding section Creating Subpatterns bare parentheses cluster and capture the subpatterns they contain The portion of the matching pattern contained within the first pair of parentheses is available in the backreference 1 the second in 2 and so on Opening parentheses are counted from left to right to determine the numbers of the captured subpatterns For example if the following grep pattern red white king queen is matched against the text red king the backreferences will be set as follows l red king 2 req 3 king Sometimes however parentheses are needed only for clustering not capturing TextWrangler now supports non capturing parentheses using the syntax PATTERN That is if an open parenthesis is followed by the subpattern matched by that pair of parentheses is not counted when computing the backreferences For example if the text red king is matched against the pattern red white king queen Chapter 8 Searching with Grep the backreferences will be set as follows 1 req 2 king Perl Style Pattern Ex
304. s Choose current criteria from the popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog to reuse the last set of criteria applied either from using a saved filter or from using the Edit button to define criteria Thus you can use filter criteria on the fly without the need to create and store a throwaway filter Editing and Deleting Filters To edit a file filter you have already defined choose it from the Filters popup menu change it as desired and click Save Since each filter must have a unique name saving it will replace the old version of the filter To delete a filter entirely visit the Filters panel of the Setup window You can also create or modify filters there Searching SCM Directories When scanning folders for various purposes multi file search Find Differences and other batch operations TextWrangler ignores all directories which contain administrative data for source control management SCM tools CVS svn git hg bzr This behavior prevents any inadvertent modifications to such data which might otherwise occurs during a multi file search or other batch operation If you must search the contents of such directories you can enable TextWrangler to do so by issuing the following Terminal command defaults write com barebones textwrangler SkipSCMAdminDirsWhenScanningFolders bool NO The Search Invisible Folders option no longer enables TextWrangler to search within such directories Chapter 7 Searching
305. s 149 150 Note This matches an opening bracket followed by one or more occurrences of any character other than a return followed by a closing bracket The non greedy quantifier achieves the results we want preventing TextWrangler from overrunning the closing angle bracket and matching across several tags A slightly more complicated example how could you write a pattern that matches all text between lt B gt and lt B gt HTML tags Consider the sample text below lt B gt Welcome lt B gt to the home of lt B gt TextWrangler lt B gt As before you might be tempted to write lt B gt lt B gt but for the same reasons as before this will match the entire line of text The solution is similar we will use the non greedy quantifier lt B gt lt B gt Writing Replacement Patterns Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful We covered subpatterns earlier when discussing search patterns and discussed how the parentheses can be used to limit the scope of the alternation operator Another reason for employing subpatterns in your grep searches is to provide a powerful and flexible way to change or reuse found information as part of a search and replace operation If you do not use subpatterns you can still access the complete results of the search with the amp metacharacter However this precludes reorganizing the matched data as it is replaced Pattern Inserts amp the text matched by the entire se
306. s browsers TextWrangler shows a hierarchical listing where all the results associated with a particular file are grouped under that file using disclosure triangles similar to those in the Finder s list views to reveal or hide the results list To remove items from the display list select them and press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu In results browsers you may Control click on items in the list to bring up the contextual menu with relevant commands such as Copy Toolbar The browser toolbar is like the toolbar in editing windows Some browsers have additional buttons and controls in the status area as well These standard items the pencil icon the Function Text Options Mark Path popup menus and the Info buttons should already be familiar to you since they appear on TextWrangler document windows by default See Window Anatomy in Chapter 4 for an explanation of these standard TextWrangler functions Text View Pane When you click on a file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text view pane and you can edit the file just as if it were open in a document window Splitter You can change the size of the file list pane or the text view pane by dragging the double line that separates them Double clicking on the splitter bar will collapse the text view pane completely and double clicking on it again in the bottom of the browser window will restore the text pane to its
307. s that make it easier to edit specific kinds of text such as source files for programming languages or HTML markup How Can I Use TextWrangler Use TextWrangler any time you need to create or edit source files or text documents of any kind Whether you need to find or change all the occurrences of some text in a set of files or modify or reformat large text files of any sort or even make quick tweaks to a web page TextWrangler is the right tool for the job Editing Source Code TextWrangler is a powerful tool for editing numerous types of source code with the following features e Syntax coloring helps you read your code and find simple errors e The function pop up menu lets you quickly find the functions in your files Find Differences lets you compare two versions of a text file and merge the differences e Find in Reference lets you look up documentation in the Developer Help Center Editing Text Files TextWrangler is a full featured text editor that makes it easy to create edit and search any sort of text file such as release notes articles books or TeX documents It s also an excellent tool for pre and post processing any files that contain textual data such as database exports or server logs e Grep searching lets you find and change text that matches a set of conditions that you specify e Multi file search and replace lets you quickly search and modify text files anywhere on your computer e Numerous
308. say such applications are scriptable TextWrangler is scriptable as are many many other programs However it is important to note that not every application is scriptable and AppleScripts are not the best solution for automating applications that are not What goes on in an application that is scriptable The foundation of AppleScript is something called the Apple Event Macintosh applications are designed around an event loop they go around in circles waiting for you the esteemed user to do something choose a menu command press some keys and so on These actions are passed to the application by the operating system in the form of an event The application decodes the event to figure out what you did and then performs an appropriate operation After an event has been handled the application goes back to waiting for another one At this point the Mac OS may decide to give some time to another application on your computer Apple Events are special events that applications send to each other enabling a feature called inter application communication IAC It s a mouthful but it just means applications can talk to each other Apple Events are also the way AppleScripts tell applications what to do and which data to retrieve So to be scriptable an application must first support Apple Events Apple Events in their naked form are raw and cryptic things bits of hieroglyphics only a programmer could love So a scriptable application als
309. se the twfind command line tool to access TextWrangler s powerful multi file search from the Unix command line To perform a multi file search from the command line type twfind search string search path where search string is your search string or pattern and search path is a list of path s to search You can also specify options which control how the search should be performed these options correspond to those available in the Multi File Search window If no search paths are specified on the command line twfind will attempt to read them from standard input This makes it easy to process the output of other tools such as find For example find name py print twfind blah takes the paths printed by find and searches those files TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line 227 By default twfind expects that input will be separated by Unix newlines n If instead the input is being generated programmatically and contains NUL separated paths you can specify the 0 option Again using find as an example input source find name py printoO twfind blah 0 The complete command line syntax for the twfind tool is twfind search string cEghInRSvVwZ0 lt long form_switches gt search path See the twfind tool s man page man twfind for a complete description of the available switches and options 228 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the
310. see File Saving Options below as those of the original parent document Saving a Copy of a File You can save a copy of a file with TextWrangler s Save a Copy command in the File menu Just like the Save As command the Save a Copy command displays a Save dialog and lets you choose a name and location for the file However unlike the Save As command where TextWrangler will start working with the new file you saved in place of the original when you use Save a Copy you create a new file in the designated location but keep working with the original file For example say you are editing a document called Test py and use the Save a Copy command to save a document called Backup Test py The next time you choose the Save command TextWrangler saves the changes to Test py and not to Backup Test py File Saving Options TextWrangler s Save sheet is the standard Macintosh Save sheet with these additions 36 Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Note Line Breaks The Line Breaks menu let you choose what kinds of line breaks TextWrangler writes when you save the file Choose e Unix line breaks ASCII 10 for most purposes including use with modern Mac applications or for files being saved to a Unix file server This is the default option e Classic Mac line breaks ASCII 13 if you will be using the file with other applications which expect this format e Windows line breaks ASCII 13 10 if the file resides on a Windows fil
311. sformations This chapter describes the range of powerful text transformation commands offered by TextWrangler In this chapter Text Menu Commands cresie dorsen esT EEN NENET OE EEEE EA 103 Apply Text Filter 103 Exchange Characters 104 Change Case 104 Shift Left Shift Right 105 Un Comment Selection 105 Hard Wrap 105 Add Line Breaks 106 Remove Line Breaks 106 Convert to ASCII 106 Educate Quotes 106 Straighten Quotes 106 Add Remove Line Numbers 106 Prefix Suffix Lines 107 Sort Lines 107 Process Duplicate Lines 108 Process Lines Containing 109 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 110 Strip Quotes 110 Zap Gremlins 110 Entab 112 Detab 112 Normalize Line Endings 112 Text Menu Commands TextWrangler provides a variety of commands which you can use to transform text in different and useful ways Most of these commands are situated in the Text menu and described in this section You can also use TextWrangler s search and replace capabilities or additional plug in tools to transform text each of these topics is covered in a separate chapter Unless otherwise specified each of these commands will be applied to the active text selection in the frontmost document range or if there is no active selection to the entire contents of the document Hold down the Option key when selecting any command from the menu in order to quickly re inv
312. special characters or metacharacters are used to match certain types of other characters Wildcard Matches any character except a line break that is a carriage return 2 beginning of a line unless used in a character class S end of line unless used in a character class Being able to specifically match text starting at the beginning or end of a line is an especially handy feature of grep For example if you wanted to find every instance of a message sent by Patrick from a log file which contains various other information like so From Rich server barebones com To TextWrangler Talk server lists barebones com From Patrick server example barebones com you could search for the pattern From Patrick and you will find every occurrence of these lines in your file or set of files if you do a multi file search instead It is important to note that and do not actually match return characters They match zero width positions after and before returns respectively So if you are looking for foo at the end of a line the pattern foo will match the three characters f o and o If you search for foo r you will match the same text but the match will contain four characters f 0 o and a return and do not match the positions after and before soft line breaks You can combine and within a pattern to force a match to constitute an ent
313. ssue When creating complex patterns you should bear in mind that the quantifiers and are greedy That is they will always make the longest possible match possible to a given pattern so if your pattern is E one or more E s and your text contains EEEE the pattern matches all the E s at once not just the first one This is usually what you want but not always 148 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep IMPORTANT Sup goo pose for instance that you want to match an HTML tag At first you may think that a d way to do this would be to search for the pattern lt t gt consisting of a less than sign followed by one or more occurrences of a single character followed by a greater than sign To understand why this may not work the way you think it should consider the following sample text to be searched The lt B gt This text is in boldface lt B gt intent was to write a pattern that would match both of the HTML tags separately Let s see what actually happens The lt character at the beginning of this line matches the beginning of the pattern The next character in the pattern is which matches any character except a line break modified with the quantifier taken together this combination means one or more repetitions of any character That of course takes care of the B The problem is that the next gt is also any character and that it also qualifies as one or more repetitions
314. sts which is anXML format that Mac OS X uses for many purposes You can create or edit codeless language module files with TextWrangler itself with the Mac OS X Property List Editor located in Developer Applications Utilities if you have installed the Apple Developer Tools package or with a third party editor such as PlistEdit Pro http www fatcatsoftware com plisteditpro You can find complete specifications for creating codeless language modules in the Developer Information section of our web site http www barebones com support develop Code based Language Modules TextWrangler also supports producing code based language modules to handle more complex languages or document formats You can find complete specifications for creating code based language modules in the Developer Information section of our web site http www barebones com support develop Language Module Compatibility You will not be able to use any third party language modules which do not support Unicode text or which were built in CFM format If TextWrangler encounters such a module it will not load that module and will log a message to the system console Contact the developers of such a module or visit the Bare Bones Software web site see above for more information on the availability of updated modules 236 Chapter 13 Language Modules Plug In Obsolescence IMPORTANT TextWrangler 4 0 and later no longer support BBXT based code plug ins and
315. t Forward Delete Command Deletes all characters forward to end of the current line Forward Delete Option Deletes all characters forward to end of word Forward Delete Shift same as Forward Delete alone Note The meaning of the Command and Option modifiers listed above may be exchanged depending on which settings you have selected for Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior in the Keyboard preference panel 252 Appendix B Editing Shortcuts Emacs Key Bindings The Keyboard preference panel contains an option labelled Use Emacs Key Bindings When this option is on TextWrangler will accept the following Emacs style keyboard navigation commands The Escape key is used in lieu of the Emacs Meta key to type these key equivalents press and release the Escape key followed by the specified letter key for example to type Esc V press and release the Escape key and then type the letter V eet eae Action Ctl A beginning of line Move insertion point to start of current line Ctl B backward char Move insertion point backward 1 place Ctl D delete char Delete forward 1 character Ctl E ihe ee Move insertion point to end of current Ctl F forward char Move insertion point forward 1 place Ctl G keyboard quit cancel pending arguments Ctl K kill line Cut Ctl L recenter Scrolls the current view so the selection is centered on screen Ctl N next line
316. t all the strings it matches must have a fixed length However if there are several alternatives they do not all have to have the same fixed length Thus lt Martin Lewis is permitted but lt dogs cats causes an error Branches that match different length strings are permitted only at the top level of a lookbehind assertion This is different compared with Perl 5 005 which requires all branches to match the same length of string An assertion such as lt ab c de is not permitted because its single top level branch can match two different lengths but it is acceptable if rewritten to use two top level branches lt abc abde The implementation of lookbehind assertions is for each alternative to temporarily move the current position back by the fixed width and then try to match If there are insufficient characters before the current position the match is deemed to fail Lookbehinds in conjunction with non backtracking a k a once only subpatterns can be particularly useful for matching at the ends of strings an example is given in the section on once only subpatterns below Several assertions of any sort may occur in succession For example lt d 3 lt 999 foo Chapter 8 Searching with Grep matches foo preceded by three digits that are not 999 Notice that each of the assertions is applied independently at the same point in the subject string First there is a check that
317. t be the active document which in turn required scripts to make special provisions to deal with the presence of multiple documents in a single window In order to handle this TextWrangler 2 0 provided the active document property which you could always use to specify the currently active document of a given text window For example active document of text window 1 of application TextWrangler Although TextWrangler still supports the active document property this is no longer necessary Instead if a text window is frontmost document 1 of application TextWrangler document 1 of text window 1 of application TextWrangler active document of text window 1 of application TextWrangler now all refer to the same document The side effect of this change is that if you wish to access documents within a text window by index that index is a not related to the visual ordering of documents in the file list and b documents indexes may change over time This situation is effectively no different than handling documents which are contained in individual text windows i e the index will change over time when you select different windows If your script needs to keep a permanent references to a particular document you should refer to that document by its id rather than its index TextWrangler s Scripting Model 223 224 Common AppleScript Pitfalls Here are some things to watch out for when scripting TextWrangler
318. t comment strings for any available languages If you have set custom comment delimiters for HTML in the Languages preference panel those delimiters will be honored when you use the Un Comment command However they will not affect the operation of the HTML specific comment commands on the Markup menu Hard Wrap This command wraps long lines by inserting hard line breaks and can reflow fill paragraphs if desired See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 88 for more information Text Menu Commands 105 106 Note Add Line Breaks This command inserts a hard line break at the end of each line of text as displayed See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 88 for more information Remove Line Breaks This command removes carriage returns and spaces from sections of text Use this command to turn text that has hard line breaks into text that can be soft wrapped See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 88 for more information Convert to ASCII This command is no longer present however the Replace with code option of Zap Gremlins now performs the same conversions Educate Quotes This command converts straight quotes and to typographer s quotes and You should not use this plug in to prepare text for use in a web page or an email as typographer s quotes in the Mac character set will generally not be properly displayed by applications on other platforms Straighten Quotes This
319. t files have a document icon next to them display windows such as browsers and search results windows do not A solid diamond to the left of a window s name means that the window s contents have been modified and have not yet been saved while a hollow diamond indicates that the window s state has been modified but not yet saved To bring any window to the front click its name in the Windows palette You can select one or more windows in the list and choose the Save Close or Print commands from the action menu at the top of the palette Holding down the Option key changes these commands to Save All Close All and Print All which apply to all listed windows for which the given command is possible You can also Control click on any selected windows and apply the Save Close or Print commands from the resulting contextual menu Hovering the mouse over a window name displays a tool tip showing the full window title this is useful for names that have been truncated with ellipses because they are too long to fit within the width of the window If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Holding down the Command key displays the full pathname for document windows or other relevant windows such as disk browsers and FTP browsers Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes Save Default lt type of gt Window The Save Default Window command stores the position and size of the front windo
320. t the reverse Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns The special characters and specify how many times the pattern preceding them may repeat style quantifiers allow you to specify exactly how many times a subpattern can repeat The preceding pattern can be a literal character a wildcard character a character class or a special character Pattern Matches p zero or more p s pt one or more p s p zero or one p s p COUNT match exactly COUNT p s where COUNT is an integer p MIN match at least MIN p s where MIN is an integer p MIN MAX match at least MIN p s but no more than MAX Note that the repetition characters and match zero or more occurrences of the pattern That means that they will always succeed because there will always be at least zero occurrences of any pattern but that they will not necessarily select any text if no occurrences of the preceding pattern are present For this reason when you are trying to match more than one occurrence it is usually better to use a than a because requires a match whereas can match the empty string Only use when you are sures you really mean zero or more times not just more than once Try the following examples to see how their behavior matches what you expect Pattern Text Matches Fourscore and seven Fourscore and seven years years 0 9 I ve be
321. tensions TextWrangler s grep engine supports several extended sequences which provide grep patterns with super powers from another universe Their syntax is in the form KEY in other words an open parenthesis followed by a question mark followed by a KEY for the particular grep extension followed by the rest of the subpattern and a closing parenthesis We have already seen one such extension in the previous section of this document non capturing parentheses The remainder are listed in the chart below and discussed in detail afterward Extension Meaning 2h Cluster only parentheses no capturing Comment discard all text between the parentheses imsx imsx Enable disable pattern modifiers imsx Cluster only parens with modifiers imsx Positive lookahead assertion 1 Negative lookahead assertion lt Positive lookbehind assertion lt Negative lookbehind assertion 2 Match with if then else 2 Match with if then gt Match non backtracking subpattern once only R Recursive pattern Comments The sequence marks the start of a comment which continues up to the next closing parenthesis Nested parentheses are not permitted The characters that make up a comment play no part in the pattern matching at all Search for fo00 Hello this is a comment bar Will match foobar Advanced G
322. ter values of the selected text in several standard formats You may also select the displayed character values and either copy them or drag amp drop them into a document Colors This command opens the system color picker which you can use to insert hex color values into source code or HTML and XML files Scripts The Scripts palette displays all the scripts currently installed in the Scripts subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 Scripts for more information about using scripts in TextWrangler Text Filters The Text Filters palette displays all the text filters currently present in the Text Filters subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 Text Filters for more information about using text filters in TextWrangler The Set Shortcut button in the Scripts and Text Filters palettes allows you to assign a key equivalent to the currently selected item You can use combinations of the Command Shift Option and Control keys plus any single other key to create such equivalents except that any equivalent must contain either the Command or Control keys or both You can also map Function keys directly to items with or without the use of a modifier Windows The Windows palette displays the names of all open windows ordered by name and kind You can open a file by dragging its icon from the Finder into the Windows palette Document windows which correspond to tex
323. tes Document State For convenience TextWrangler sets some runtime environment variables to provide information about the front document s state right before a Unix filter or script is run Variable Description BB_DOC_LANGUAGE Name of the document s current language not set if language is none BB_DOC_MODE Emacs mode of the document s current language BB_DOC_NAME name of the document BB_DOC_PATH path of the document not set if the document is unsaved BB_DOC_SELEND zero based end of the selection range not set if not text document BB_DOC_SELEND_COLUM one based de tabbed column number of N BB_DOC_SELEND BB_DOC_SELEND_LINE one based line number of BB_DOC_SELEND BB_DOC_SELSTART zero based start of the selection range not set if not text document BB_DOC_SELSTART_COLU one based de tabbed column number of MN BB_DOC_SELSTART BB_DOC_SELSTART_LINE one based line number of BB_DOC_SELSTART Selection ranges and other offsets are expressed in characters not bytes Filters Filters operate on the selected text of the frontmost document TextWrangler will pass either the selected text if any or the contents of the entire document as input to the filter on STDIN and any output generated by the filter overwrites the selection This method represents a change from versions 3 5 3 and prior in which TextWrangler wrote a temporary file and passed it on argv 0 Thus if y
324. that used by versions before 3 5 the encoding name Unicode UTF 8 now refers to files without a byte order mark BOM while the specific name Unicode UTF 8 with BOM refers to files which have a BOM Here are details about what each of the above options means e UTF 8 UTF 8 encoding is a more compact variant of Unicode that uses 8 bit tokens where possible to encode frequently used sequences from the file This format makes it easier to view and edit content in non Unicode aware editors e UTF 16 UTF 16 encoding always uses 16 bit tokens e BOM When saving Unicode files you may include a byte order mark BOM so that the reading application knows what byte order the file s data is in However since many applications do not correctly handle files which contain BOMs you may wish to use an encoding variant without a BOM for maximum compatibility For purposes of recognition when you use this option the UTF 16 BOM is FEFF and the UTF 8 BOM is EFBBBF e Little Endian Since UTF 16 uses two bytes to represent each character this leaves the question of which of the two bytes comes first whether it is little endian or big endian By default TextWrangler writes UTF 16 big endian the standard By choosing one of the Little Endian or byte swapped encodings you can write little endian files instead which some Windows software requires An International Text Primer 49 50 Opening Un
325. the Search menu will trigger the corresponding action in the front Find window e TextWrangler supports the following key equivalents to control toggle the search options contained in the Find and Multi File Search windows The factory default key equivalents for these options are as follows Case sensitive Control Shift N Entire word Control Shift E Grep Control Shift G Selected text only Control Shift S Wrap around Control Shift W Open search history Control Shift H Open saved patterns Control Shift P If these assignments overlap with any keyboard equivalents for clippings that you have set or if you just wish to change them you can do so via the Find Windows section of the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Note The Replace All command replaces all occurrences of the search string within the document or in the selection if there is one and Search Selection Only is checked If you wish to replace only occurrences between the current insertion point and the end of the document you can instead apply the Replace to End command in the Search menu Basic Searching and Replacing This section describes the basic steps for searching and replacing text in a document Later sections in this chapter cover more advanced techniques To search and replace text in the front document follow these steps 1 Choose Find from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find window ee Find vue same text aban differe
326. the document is accessed as the document property of the window document of text window 1 216 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler The class document refers to a document and as with a window the document s properties pertain strictly to the condition of a document that is something that can be saved to disk and opened later Note that this does not mean a document must be saved to a file only that it could be As a rule documents and windows are associated with each other but it is important to remember that there is not a one to one correspondence between windows and documents For example the About box is a window which has no document associated with it Furthermore in current versions of the application there is no such thing as a document with no associated window Here is a general overview of the object classes used in TextWrangler Classes of Windows e window the basic window class contains properties that can be fetched and set for any window on screen position size and so forth palette the palette class refers to windows that float above all others on the screen the Character Inspector Scripts and Text Filters palettes and so on text window the text window class provides properties which are specific to text editing windows as on screen entities These properties pertain mostly to the display of text in the window show invisibles auto_indent and so on In addition to the text editing specific pr
327. the split bar starting from anywhere along its length not just at its right end back up to its original position Double clicking the split bar unsplits a split text pane or restores the last used split position If the text pane has never been split it will be split 50 50 To force a 50 50 split for a previously split text pane Option double click the split bar when it is in its original position The Navigation Bar The navigation bar is a panel at the top of a text window which provides controls for selecting the active document and for moving to specific points with the current document To hide the navigation bar choose Hide Navigation Bar in the View menu or turn off the Navigation Bar options in the Appearance preference panel jquery 1 11 1 js ents T 4 no sym elected gt text dation Inc and other contributors 8 9 8 1 You can also use the options in the Appearance preference panel to hide or show individual items on the navigation bar Window Anatomy 65 Choosing the Active Document Click on any document in the file list to make that document active click the Previous or Next buttons to move to the previous or next document in the window or choose Previous Document Next Document from the View menu You can also choose a specific document from the adjacent popup menu to make it active jquery 1 11 1 js tents T 5 jquery 1 11 1 js ngisym elected lt s y
328. their paths in the PERLSLIB environment variable To do so you must first create an environment plist file as described under Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps on page 230 then add a key value pair consisting of the variable and the desired paths as follows lt key gt PERLSLIB lt key gt lt string gt Users example Sandbox myPerlMods Users Shared moreMods lt string gt You may specify multiple directories by separating their paths with colons per the standard convention Configuring Python TextWrangler expects to find Python in usr bin usr local bin or sw bin If you have installed Python elsewhere you must create a symbolic link in usr local bin pointing to your copy of Python in order to use pydoc and the Python debugger Configuring Ruby TextWrangler can make full use of the system s default Ruby install with no need for further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Ruby you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines Shebang Menu The commands in this menu allow you to run Unix scripts directly within TextWrangler Check Syntax Checks the syntax for the frontmost window Errors are displayed in a standard TextWrangler error browser see Chapter 9 Browsers for more details on working with error browsers This command is only available for Perl and Python scripts Run Runs the script in the frontmost
329. through every item of a TextWrangler object for example every line of a document do not do it like this repeat with i in every line of text document 1 do stuff here end repeat This forces TextWrangler to evaluate every line of document 1 every time through the loop which will slow your script significantly Instead write set theLines to every line of text document 1 repeat with i in theLines do stuff here end repeat Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler CHAPTER Unix Scripting and the Command Line This chapter describes how to set up TextWrangler to work with development environments TextWrangler offers multiple features which support development tasks beginning with syntax coloring and function browsing support for numerous languages and continuing to direct integration with the system supplied Perl Python and Ruby environments as well as shell scripts and other Unix scripting tools Additionally you can invoke TextWrangler from the command line via its optional command line tools In this chapter Configuring TextWrangler ccc cece cece cece e eect cece teeeeeeees 225 Syntax Coloring 225 Switching Between Counterpart Files 226 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line c ccc eee cece cece eens 226 Installing the Command Line Tools 226 The edit Command Line Tool 226 The twdiff Command Line Tool 227 The twfind Command Line Tool 227 Using
330. tionery 31 Text Filters 31 Superseded App Support Folders 31 19 M arts 19 Reese bos the 20 EASE EI 20 8 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Preference Files and Folders 0 c cece ee eee eee TextWrangler Preferences File 32 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 32 Working with Files 33 Launching TextWrangler 0 0c eee eee eens Startup Items 34 Creating and Saving Documents 20 00 e ee eee eee eee Saving a Copy of a File 36 File Saving Options 36 File State 37 EditorConfig 38 Emacs Local Variables 39 Saving with Authentication 39 Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip 40 Crash Auto Recovery 0 ccc ranner erge osae ea SN Opening Existing Documents 00 0 c cece eens Front Window versus Separate Windows 41 Choosing the Encoding for a Document 41 Using the Open Command 42 Reload from Disk 43 Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives 44 Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists 44 Opening Hidden Files 44 Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command 44 Using the Open Selection Command 44 Using the Open File by Name Commands 45 Using the Open Counterpart Command 47 Using the Open Recent Command 47 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 47 Quitting TextWrangler 2 00 0 ett An International Text Primer 00 cee ee eee eee International Text in TextWrangler
331. to a single text window but you can instead configure it to open each document into its own text window by turning off the option Open documents into the front window when possible in the Application preference panel Choosing the Encoding for a Document When you open a document TextWrangler will automatically examine its contents for any indication of the proper encoding and attempt to handle it appropriately If TextWrangler cannot determine the proper encoding and you opened the file with the Open command it uses the encoding specified in the Read As pop up menu on the Open dialog Otherwise it uses the encoding specified by the If the file s encoding can t be guessed use preference setting in the Text Encodings preference panel You can choose which encodings appear in the Read As pop up menu by using the Text Encodings preference panel Here are the details of the steps that TextWrangler goes through to determine the proper encoding for a file 1 If the file is well formed HTML or XML TextWrangler looks for an encoding or lt meta charset gt directive 2 If the file contains an Emacs variable specifying its encoding TextWrangler will use that encoding 3 If you have opened the file with TextWrangler before TextWrangler will use the file s stored encoding info if any 4 If the file contains a UTF 8 or UTF 16 Unicode byte order mark BOM TextWrangler opens it as that type of Unicode file
332. tory Cursor Movement and Text Selection TextWrangler gives you several ways to move the insertion point and change the selection You can click and drag using normal Macintosh text selection techniques or you can use various keys on the keyboard Clicking and Dragging You can select text in an editing window in the normal Macintosh fashion by clicking and dragging Holding down the Shift key while clicking or dragging extends the selection No Modifier Shift Click Move insertion point Extend selection Double Select word Extend selection to click word Triple click Select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu You can hold down the Command or Option keys when clicking or double clicking to trigger special actions Option Command Click none Open URL Double Look up selected none click word in programming reference TextWrangler optionally allows you to select entire lines by clicking in the left margin of an editing window If you have line numbers displayed via the Show Line Numbers option in the Appearance preference panel you can click in the line number as well You can click and drag to select multiple lines double click to select an entire paragraph or double click and drag to select a range of paragraphs A checkbox in the Editing preference panel labeled Allow Single Click Line Selection controls this behav
333. ts they take up less disk space and launch more quickly They also show up only in the application you use them with rather than cluttering your global Scripts menu Some applications go even further allowing you to define scripts to be run when certain things happen in the program For example an application might let you define a script to be executed when the user chooses any menu item The script might then perform some pre processing and then exit by telling the application whether to continue with the menu command or to cancel it As a simple example a script might check to see what printer is selected when the user chooses the Print command If it is the expensive color dye sublimation printer on which printing a page costs several dollars the script could remind the user of that fact and confirm their intention through an alert before continuing with the print operation An application that supports such a feature or any method of integrating user written scripts seamlessly into its user interface is said to be attachable because the scripts become attached to the features of the program More details about using this feature are provided later in this chapter AppleScript Overview 205 206 Scripting Resources Covering all the details you might need to write your own AppleScripts is not something we can reasonably do in this manual AppleScript despite its deceptively simple English like syntax is a sophisticate
334. ts in name order via an expert preference For details see the Expert Preferences page in TextWrangler s built in Help Move to New Window Choose this command to open the active document of the frontmost text window into its own text window If the frontmost text window contains only one document this command will be disabled Open in Additional Window Choose this command to open the active document of the frontmost text window into an additional text window while leaving it open in the current window Reveal in Finder Choose this command to open a Finder window which will display the active document s file If the active document is not associated with a file this command will be disabled Using this command is the same as clicking without dragging the document proxy icon in the toolbar If the selected text in a document is the name of a file hold down the Option key as you open the File menu and choose the Reveal Selection command to have TextWrangler open a Finder window which will display that file Go Here in Terminal This command is enabled when the active document has a corresponding disk file Choose this command to open a Terminal window with the current working directory set to the document s parent directory The View Menu 77 Go Here in Disk Browser This command is enabled when the active document has a corresponding disk file Choose this command to open a disk browser in the document s parent direc
335. turn on soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu e Select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu To specify the wrapping margin use the Text Options command You can have text wrap at the Page Guide the edge of the window or a specific character position Soft wrapping and rectangular selection are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse performs normal non rectangular selection even if the Option key is held down when there is a rectangular selection the Soft Wrap Text option is unavailable in the Text Options popup menu and dialog box To make soft wrapping the default for new windows select the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel You can also use the settings in that panel to specify the default wrapping margin To freeze the current line endings and hard wrap the text at the current soft wrapping settings use the Add Line Breaks command to insert a carriage return at the end of each line While TextWrangler prefers to break lines at white space when soft wrapping lines will be broken as close as possible to the designated wrap width if they do not contain any white space This way long URLs and other extended strings of characters are visible without requiring horizontal scrolling How TextWrangler Wraps Text 89
336. tus bar 171 document proxy icon 64 77 documents comparing 94 creating 35 editing text 60 inserting text 93 opening 257 saving 35 36 window anatomy 63 window handling 257 documents drawer see file list 69 DOS line breaks see Windows line breaks 37 double clicking 40 drag and drop in document windows 61 to TextWrangler application icon 40 to Windows floating window 40 drawer see file list 69 dynamic menus 21 E edit tool 226 editing text 60 shortcuts 251 Editor Defaults 179 258 Index Emacs Key Bindings 186 253 Emacs variables 39 x counterpart 47 encoding 37 41 49 End key 84 Entab command 112 Enter key 22 escape codes 139 Escape key 22 Exchange with Next command 115 expanding tabs 86 extending the selection 79 84 F F keys 84 Favorites 32 file filters 126 file groups 35 file list 69 file list panel 172 file transfer format FTP SFTP 53 Filters 233 filters file 126 Find amp Mark All command 99 Find amp Replace All Matches 129 Find Again command 119 131 Find All 119 123 Find command 117 120 130 Find dialog see Find window 118 Find Differences command 132 Find Selection command 131 Find window 118 finding text see searching floating windows ASCII table 114 window list 114 fold indicator 74 76 folder listing contents of 93 foreign text 103 Forward Delete key 83 84 Frame Printing Area 57 freezing line endings 89 FTP alternate ports 53 FTP Browsers 55 function keys 8
337. u can also select recently opened files from the Recent Files item on the New and Old popup menus 4 Select the Compare options that apply When the Case Sensitive option is selected TextWrangler distinguishes uppercase from lowercase letters deselect this option if you want TextWrangler to consider uppercase and lowercase letters the same When Ignore Curly Quotes is selected TextWrangler treats typographers quotes the same as straight quotes When one or more of the Ignore Spaces options is selected TextWrangler will ignore the corresponding presence of whitespace at the specified positions while comparing files 5 Click Compare to perform the comparison Alternatively you can use the bbdiff command line tool to specify two files or folders and have TextWrangler perform a Find Differences on them If the two files are different TextWrangler tiles the documents and opens a Differences window below them eee Differences jquery 1 11 1 js vs jquery 1 7 2is Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js MUsers Shared jquery 1 7 2js no symbol selected 15 function global factory 16 Y function window undefined viv if typeof module 48 typeof module exports object 25 module exports global 25 var jQuery function selector context 26 factory global tr he ust th 27 function w w JQuery fn init selector context rootjQuery Line 2 Colt no symbol s
338. used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key The system may preempt certain key combinations such as Command Tab Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Turn this option on to enable autorepeat when typing key equivalents This option is offby default since according to the Macintosh Human Interface Guidelines menu commands should not autorepeat Printing Preferences The Printing preferences control TextWrangler s default document printing behavior Print using document s font When this option is on TextWrangler uses the document s display font and tab settings when printing Printing font This option specifies the default font TextWrangler uses for printing when Print using document s font is not active Click Set to bring up the standard Font panel where you can choose a font and font size The current printing font options appear in the display box Frame printing area When this option is on TextWrangler draws a box along the edges of the printed text Print page headers When this option is on TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print full pathname When this option is on TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file being printed in the header Time stamp This option let you choose whether the date that appears in the printed page header is the date that the file was last modifie
339. ution of 1 end if end tell Note that when using a backslash character in AppleScript it needs to be escaped by means of another backslash thus in the above example 1 used in the script will become the grep replacement string 1 when passed to TextWrangler Scripting Multi File Searches In TextWrangler a multi file search is a simple extension of the find scripting command To search a single file or folder for all occurrences matching the search parameters specify the file or folder as the searching in parameter of the search Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler For example to find all occurrences of index html in a web site one might use the following scripting command find index html searching in alias Files WebSite Likewise to find JavaScript line comments find S searching in alias Files WebSite options search mode Grep To search in a single file find crash searching in alias Files WebSite index html Scripting the Clipboard TextWrangler has multiple clipboards These are fully accessible via the scripting interface Due to operating system constraints most clipboard operations require TextWrangler to be frontmost Here are some examples count clipboard e Returns the number of clipboards supported by the application clipboard 1 e Returns index 1 contents Files WebSite length 14 is multibyte false display font ProFont display font
340. ves all the files open so that you can inspect the replacements If there are many files that contain the search string TextWrangler may run out of memory Save to Disk Saves each file with the changes When the Confirm Saves setting is active you will have an opportunity to approve the changes before TextWrangler saves them to disk You should not turn this off unless you are sure that the replace operation being done is what you want Show Results Opens a results browser listing each of the files which was changed and the number of changes in each file Multi File Replacing 129 130 Note Live Search The Live Search command performs an incremental search In other words it shows the matching text as you type the search string so you only have to type until you find the text you want Live Search always searches in the text view of the frontmost window if that window has no text view the Live Search command will be disabled To use Live Search 1 Choose Live Search from the Search menu or type Command Option F 2 Type the string you are looking for into the Live Search field eee jquery 1 11 1 js aaa k Documents T_ File Pathv Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js Markdown Syntax text 21 matches found lt gt Q camelcal Done 5 MarkdownTest text lt gt D jquery 1 11 1js cameiCase 7 H ae Convert dashed to camelC Pec Roget toting e function string nodeName function elem name
341. ving columnar data than using the Paste Column command but it allows you to select and replace a region of text as well as simply inserting text To manually make a rectangular selection prior to pasting text position the arrow pointer just to the left of the top right column press and hold the Option key press the mouse button and drag straight down until you have a very thin vertical selection just to the left of the whole column as shown below at File Path v Downloads Rectangular Selections txt lt gt BB Rectangular Selections txt This text goes on the left This text doesn t go anywhere Line 2 Col This text goes on the right 9 Text File 3 Unicode UTF 8 gt Unix LF ory B Cursor Movement and Text Selection 81 Now paste the text you previously cut back in and the task is finished eee Rectangular Selections txt T_ File Path y Downloads Rectangular Selections txt lt gt BB Rectangular Selections txt 4 H ae This This This text text text goes goes goes on the in the on the left middle right This text doesn t go anywhere Line6Col17 TextFile Unicode UTF 8 l Unix LF G Now paste the text you previously cut back in and the task is finished e900 Rectangular Selections txt 4 Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 ed L T 3 kd File Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt e Rectangular Selections txt W amp This This Th
342. w in TextWrangler s preferences and TextWrangler will create all new windows of the same type with the stored position and size By default new windows always stack down and right 20px If you have saved a default window size and that window is of full screen height new windows will just stack to the right and preserve their saved height Each type of window has its own default position and size For instance the default position and size for editing windows is different from the default position and size for disk browser windows Window position and size preferences are also keyed to the active screen configuration so if you frequently switch screen layouts as when connecting an external display to a portable you can save separate default window preferences which will be applied depending on which screen configuration is active Cascade Windows The Cascade Windows command cascades all open editing windows in the default fashion each successive window will be moved incrementally down and to the right as described above Arrange The Arrange command now presents a submenu of multiple window arrangements to cascade stack or tile windows as indicated by their titles You may choose any arrangement to immediately apply it or assign a keyboard shortcut to any arrangment s that you use frequently in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Cycle Through Windows This command sends the front window behind all the other
343. windows Hold the Shift key down when choosing this command to Cycle Through Windows Backwards i e to bring the rearmost window to the front Exchange with Next This command makes the second window the active window Choose this command repeatedly to alternate between the front two windows Synchro Scrolling When you have two or more windows open Synchro Scrolling makes both files scroll when you scroll one This feature is useful to look over two versions of the same file Window Names The last items in the Window menu are the names of all the open documents browsers and other editing windows Choose a window s name from this menu or use its numbered Command key equivalent if applicable to bring that window to the front Window Menu 115 Tip You can also use the Windows palette to quickly select any open window Zoom key equivalent only There is no longer a Zoom command in the Window menu but the key equivalent Command still works Zoom will produce the same effect as clicking a window s zoom box it makes the active window larger if it is small or returns it to its original size if it was previously enlarged by a Zoom command When zooming windows TextWrangler will move the window as little as possible consistent with maximizing the window s size This behavior is similar to what the Finder does when zooming a window 116 Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes CHAPTER Searching This chapter describes
344. wser s file list see Chapter 9 Browsers e Drag a file s icon to the Windows palette see Chapter 6 Working with Windows e Drag a file s icon to the file list of any editing window see Chapter 4 Window Anatomy e Drag a file s icon to the TextWrangler icon or to an alias of the icon e Select a file in the Finder and use the Open File in TextWrangler command in the File section of the Services submenu TextWrangler can natively open files with type TEXT utxt and UTF8 By default TextWrangler will attempt to display the contents of image files via QuickTime but will open PDF files in a raw condition as if they were text documents You can adjust how TextWrangler should handle such files via its expert preferences See the Expert Preferences page of TextWrangler s built in Help book for complete details 40 Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Front Window versus Separate Windows Since TextWrangler supports opening multiple documents into a single text window you must decide whether the application should work in this manner or whether it should instead open each document into its own window A document may represent either a file which you open for editing a text document created by the New Document command on the File menu or any similar item such as a text document created via the scripting interface By default TextWrangler will open all new documents in
345. xt window n inh window gt item Every text window ELEMENTS contains text documents PROPERTIES active document document r o the current document being displayed edited display font text font in which text is displayed display font size integer point size of displayed text display font style list of plain bold italic outline shadow underline condensed extended text style s of displayed text documents drawer width integer the width of the documents drawer tab width integer number of spaces per tab smart quotes boolean are smart quotes enabled show invisibles boolean are invisible characters displayed expand tabs boolean is auto expansion of tabs enabled soft wrap text boolean is automatic text wrapping enabled soft wrap mode page guide window width character width how line breaks are computed when soft wrapping soft wrap width integer if soft wrapping to character width the maximum number of characters per line a SN en SS LY Wy OO EE E SSE SEE ee OT AppleScript Overview 203 204 Note You can see that a text window inherits all the properties of the window class And since the window class inherits all the properties of the item class this means that the text window class also has the properties property defined by the item class To make explicit what you might have already gathered classes in AppleScript form a hierarchy That is classes can be based on
346. xtWrangler specific variable make backup files to control whether or not TextWrangler should back up a given file For more details please see Controlling Backups with Emacs Variables on page 193 Saving with Authentication TextWrangler supports saving files that require administrator privileges if you possess the necessary user and password information to enable this For example you can edit and save files that are owned by and only readable by the root user Authenticated saving is particularly useful in conjunction with the Show Hidden Items option in the Open dialog which allows you to see and open files in hidden folders like bin and usr When you open a file for which you do not have write privileges TextWrangler will display a slash through the pencil icon in the toolbar To edit the file click the pencil icon TextWrangler will prompt you to confirm whether you wish to unlock the file Option click the pencil icon to skip the confirmation dialog When you are finished editing simply choose Save from the File menu TextWrangler will prompt you to authenticate as a user with administrator privileges Type a suitable user name and password to save the file Creating and Saving Documents 39 IMPORTANT Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip TextWrangler transparently supports opening browsing and saving files compressed in the bz2 and gzip formats To save a file with gzip compression
347. y TextWrangler also supports multiple Redos If you have not made any changes after performing an Undo you can redo each action in order by choosing that Redo command from the Edit menu or typing Command Shift Z However once you perform a new action you cannot redo any actions that you undid before you made that change There is also a Clear Undo History menu command Command Control Z which will clear the undo history for the current editing window This command can be useful if you have performed many operations on a file and wish to recover memory stored by Undo state information in the rare event that should become necessary You can also script this operation via the clear undo history scripting command see the scripting dictionary for details Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note Window Anatomy TextWrangler text windows have the same controls you are familiar with from other Macintosh applications for example text windows are resizable and zoomable and have both vertical and horizontal scroll bars Some additional elements which may be less familiar are the toolbar the split bar the navigation bar and the file list eee jquery 1 11 1 js sane Open Documents T File Path v Users Shared jquery 1 11 1 js 4 gt D jquery js 3 E B ee lorem txt jquery 1 11 1 js anonymous ARS BB untitied text 4 15 function global factory 17 if typeof module
348. y one or more 4 296 459 1 digits and commas 9 followed by a period then 3 5 6 4 0000 zero or more digits 0 oops Note again in these examples how the characters that have special meaning to grep are preceded by a backslash and when we want them to match themselves Creating Subpatterns Subpatterns provide a means of organizing or grouping complex grep patterns This is primarily important for two reasons for limiting the scope of the alternation operator which otherwise creates an alternation of everything to its left and right and for changing the matched text when performing replacements A subpattern consists of any simple or complex pattern enclosed in a pair of parentheses You can optionally specify a simple string to identify a subpattern making it a named subpattern Pattern Matches p the pattern p and remembers it P lt NAME gt p the pattern p and remembers it by the specified string NAME You can combine more than one subpattern into a grep pattern or mix subpatterns and other pattern elements as you need Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Taking the last set of examples you could modify these to use subpatterns wherever actual data appears Pattern Matches Examples d d a string of digits followed 4 2 by a plus sign followed 1234 5829 by more digits d 4 t B c four digits followed by a 2152 B C tab or a space followed by the string B C
349. y setting a value for the BBEdit and TextWrangler specific x counterpart variable in a file s Emacs variables For example if your file contains the following as part of its variable block x counterpart ExampleStrings R when you type Command Option uparrow TextWrangler will look for the file ExampleStrings R Using the Open Recent Command The Open Recent submenu contains a list of files you have opened recently To open one of these files choose it from the Open Recent submenu To set the number of items displayed in the Open Recent list use the Remember the most recently used items option on the Application preference panel Using the Reopen using Encoding Command The Reopen using Encoding submenu contains a list of all available text encodings To reopen the current text document and have its contents interpreted using a different encoding choose the desired encoding from the Reopen using Encoding submenu This command will only be available if the current document is unmodified Quitting TextWrangler By default whenever you quit TextWrangler or TextWrangler automatically quits because of a system shutdown restart or user account logout TextWrangler will attempt to restore as much of its state as possible when starting back up Thus you may not be prompted to save new or unsaved documents since TextWrangler will automatically preserve the contents of all open documents before it exits
350. ystem services In addition to the settings documented in Chapter 10 you may adjust additional expert preference settings outside of TextWrangler by issuing suitable defaults write commands For a complete list of available expert preference settings please see the Expert Preferences page of the built in Help book To open the Help book choose TextWrangler Help in the Help menu TextWrangler 5 will import and use any relevant preference settings from TextWrangler 3 0 or later provided that prefs file is present TextWrangler Preferences Folder By default TextWrangler 5 stores its ancillary preference data in the folder Users lt username gt Library TextWrangler in order to comply with OS guidelines though if the folder Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler PreferenceData used by older versions already exists TextWrangler 5 will continue to use it The standard contents of this folder are as follows Document State plist TextWrangler stores state information for individual documents in this file Recent Files amp Favorites This folder is no longer used and may be deleted Recent Folders amp Favorites This folder is no longer used and may be deleted Save Application State appstate TextWrangler stores application state info in this file Saved Sources xml TextWrangler stores all user defined search sources in this file 32 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler CHAPTER

TextWrangler 5.0 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents